You are on page 1of 199

All rights reserved.

Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Site STUTTGART

EVOLIUM

Originators G. GRASSIN R. D. WOELFLE

ENGINEERING RULES AND CONFIGURATIONS G4 BTS MBI

Domain Division Rubric Type Distribution Codes

: : : :

ALCATEL 900/1800/1900 BSS ENGINEERING DOCUMENTATION BTS HW CONFIGURATION RULES Internal : External

PREDISTRIBUTION (*) VELIZY STUTTGART J.SCHREIBER F.MENET D.RENAUDEAU V.MIHAL PL.RUET M.LACOMBE J.COLLMAR O.BARATTE S. DAVAI R.NUECHTER N.HECKEL U.HOERNCHEN C.DIDIER M. ELSAESSER R.CORDANI K. SAAGER S. DUBLED M. IORTOMAN

EU M. HENNEQUIN G. CARLE N. DELISLE MASSY A. PEDRAZA TIMISOARA V. MAIER

Distribution is made: via DIAMS for Released documents. URL: http://bcv85s24.vz.cit.alcatel.fr/edms/login.htm, via e_mail for Proposals.

ABSTRACT
This document describes the engineering rules and the hardware configurations of the Alcatel 9100 Multi standard Base Station Indoor for GSM, and the ordering rules for each configuration in accordance with the PCL references.

Approvals Name App. J.SCHREIBER P. Y. COURTINE

Name App.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08

RELEASED 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 4 Y 1/ 4

(*)

Predistribution list for document review.

REVIEW
Ed06 compared with Configurator v4.6Tool (from Massy site)

HISTORY
Ed.01 Proposal 01 on 20020131 Creation. Ed.01 Proposal 02 on 20020221 MBI3 and MBI5 rack layouts updated: add of missing dummy panel between STASR1 and STASR2, Possibility to implement a BATS in STASR where 2 x ANY + 1 x ANC are already foreseen, Alignment on PCL Ed20Pr02 (new definition of the TDRs related to DC and AC cabinets), Remark from R.Nuechter taken into account. (EDGE power: TRAD 12W, TADH 25W, TRAP 25W) Ed.01 Proposal 03 on 20020325 Update according to review report EVOLIUM/R&D/O&M/SYSTEM/2002.029, AC power supply is now proposed for High Power configurations, 3x1...3 High Power is now operated with 3 x TADH (no more mixing of HP and MP TREs), Add of 2x1...4 AC / BU101, 3x1...2 AC / BU101. Ed.01 Released on 20020417 Released according to review report EVOLIUM/R&D/O&M/SYSTEM/2002.041. Ed.02 Proposal 01 on 20020906 Remark concerning usage of single ANY added Introduction of of new configurations: Standard configurations MBI5: 4x1...3 DC and 2x4+2x2 DC High power GSM1800 TRDH MBI5: 2x1...2 AC and 3x2 AC Ed.02 Released on 20020924 Released with replacement of MBO*OOC with EXTBAT*OO4 in MBI5 AC variants Ed.03 Proposal 01 on 20021218 Some minor bug corrections Introduction of GSM 900 High Power (TAGH) Introduction of of configurations with ANX & ANY MBI3 1x1...4 DC or AC MBI3 2x1...2 DC or AC MBI3 3x1...2 DC Extension of the mnemonic for bisector configurations with preequipment: Addition of maximum allowed number of TRX in the PrePart. Ed.03 Proposal 02 on 20030114 Some bug corrections Addition of additional fixing kit (option) Change of ANC ordering rule for MBI5 4x1...3 DC (One ANC with CS04 required)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Ed.03 Released on 20030225 Released as described in Ed.03, proposals 01 & 02, with some further bug correction Clarification of quantity rules for ANY of multiband configurations

ED

08

RELEASED 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 4 Y 2/ 4

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Ed.04 Proposal 01 on 20030326 Some bug corrections Deletion of the Low loss addendum in the MBI5 9...12 (chapter 4.8) and change form VL (very low loss) to LL in MBI5 9...12TRX (chapter 5.3) Introduction of MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC Ed.04 Released on 20030326 Released as described in proposal 01 with some further bug corrections, i.e.: Usage of 3 ANC without cables and one with cables for all configurations with 4 ANC Ed.05 Proposal 01 on 20030731 Introduction of 24V DC power supply for some MBI5 configurations Change of antenna mapping Ed.05 Released on 20030805 Released as described in proposal 01 Ed.06 Proposal 01 on 20031111 Introduction of ANB Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC Ed.06 Released on 20031119 Some minor bug corrections Introduction of multiband configurations 900/1900 Introductions of changes as described in proposal 1: Introduction of ANB Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC Ed.07 Proposal 01 on 20040212 Introduction of configurations with ANY High Power: 1x1...8 and 1x1...8 24V DC Introduction of new configuration MBI3 3x1 High Power DC 900 MHz Introduction of TRE EDGE+ (enhanced 8PSK power) for all 900 & 1800 MP configurations Ed.07 Released on 20040420 with changes as described in proposal 1, and: Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC Introduction of configurations High Power MBD and MBC Introduction of new configuration MBI3 2x1...2 GSM850 / 1x1...2 GSM1900 MBD DC Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) MBC DC Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC Ed.08 Proposal 01 on 20040723 Replacement of ANY by ANY high power Introduction of new configurations MBI5 1x7+1x5 900/1800 DC and MBI5 2x5+1x2 900/1800 DC Introduction of configurations without TRE Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x1...2 + 1x4 with ANY for single antenna Addition and update of antenna mappings for configurations with more than 4 ANC Correction of bugs found by comparison with Configurator v4.6Tool from Massy Ed.08 Proposal 2 on 20040009 Addition of MBI3 without TRE to existing MBI5 without TRE (from proposal 1) Introduction of TRE High Power EDGE+ Addition of the option E+ to the mnemonics for configurations with new TRE for EDGE+ Update to a common ANC numbering: Sector n= ANC1, p= 2, q = 3, r = 4, s = 5, t = 6

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08

RELEASED 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 4 Y 3/ 4

Ed.08 Released on 20041006 with changes as described in proposal 2


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

INTERNAL REFERENCED DOCUMENTS


Product Configuration Level A9100 BTS 3BK 15015 AAAA ALZZA For other references, refer to the document itself.

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY


Not applicable.

END OF DOCUMENT

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08

RELEASED 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 4 Y 4/ 4

HW CONFIGURATION RULES

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REFERENCED DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELATED DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 General characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Configurations overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Special configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Restrictions and Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4.1 Usage of ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ENGINEERING RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 Rack and subrack configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Rack and subrack configuration AC variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Rack and subrack configuration 24V DC variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 Usage of ANB instead of ANC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Modules location, numbering schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.1 STASR subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.2 SUMA board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3 Sectors mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.4 Sectors mapping on customer network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.5 Location rules for ANC and ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.6 TRE locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 RF cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.2 Antenna connectors mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.3 Handling of ANB/ANC paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.4 Handling of the bridges on ANC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.5 Handling of 50 Ohm loads on ANB/ANC and ANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 11 13 13 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 21 21 21 22 23

08 01
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

041006 020417 DATE

Modification Creation CHANGE NOTE

EVOLIUM/R&D/BTS ,QD EVOLIUM/R&D/BTS ,QD APPRAISAL AUTHORITY ENGINEERING RULES AND CONFIGURATIONS G4 BTS MBI

R&D/ R&D/ ORIGINATOR

ED

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 1 / 195

4 STANDARD CONFIGURATIONS GSM 850, 900, 1800, 1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 MBI3 1x1...8 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 MBI3 1x1...4 AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 MBI3 2x1...4 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 MBI3 2x1...2 AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 MBI3 3x1...2 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 MBI3 3x1 AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 MBI5 1x1...8 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 MBI5 1x9...12 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 MBI5 2x1...4 AC with BU101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 MBI5 2x1...6 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 MBI5 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 MBI5 1x7 + 1x5 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 MBI5 3x1...2 AC with BU101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14 MBI5 3x1...4 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15 MBI5 4x1...3 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16 MBI5 2x4 + 2x2 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17 MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17.1 MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC with ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17.2 MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC without ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18 MBI5 2x5 + 1x2 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19 MBI5 3x1..2 + 1x4 DC with ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 MBI3 1x1...4 DC or AC with ANX and ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21 MBI3 2x1...2 DC or AC with ANX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.22 MBI3 3x1...2 DC with ANX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23 MBI5 1x1...8 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 MBI5 2x1...4 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 MBI5 3x1...3 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 MBI5 4x1...2 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 LOW LOSS CONFIGURATIONS GSM 900, 1800, 1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 MBI3 1x3...4 Low Loss DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 MBI5 1x3...8 Low Loss DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 MBI5 1x9...12 Low Loss DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 MBI5 2x3...6 Low Loss DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 HIGH POWER CONFIGURATIONS GSM 900, 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 MBI3 1x1...3 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 MBI3 2x1...2 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 MBI3 3x1 High Power DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 MBI5 1x1...4 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 MBI5 1x1...8 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 MBI5 2x1...4 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 MBI5 3x1...3 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 MBI5 3x4 High Power DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

26 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 41 43 45 48 50 52 54 56 59 61 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 78 80 82 84 84 86 88 90 92 94 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 2 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

3.7 Cooling rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.1 Cooling fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.2 Dummy panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 Microwave equipments in MBI cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 External alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Clock synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 ... how to interpret the configurations : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23 23 23 24 24 24 25

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

6.9 3x4 High power for high temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10 MBI5 4x1...2 High Power DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 3x6 High power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 MBI5 2x1...2 High Power TRDH AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 MBI5 3x2 High Power TRDH AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 MBI5 1x1...8 High Power 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 EXTENDED CELL CONFIGURATION GSM 900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 AND 850/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 MBI3 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 MBI3 2x1...2/1x1...2 MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 MBI5 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7 MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8 MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9 MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12 MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.13 MBI5 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.14 MBI5 3x1/3x1...2 MBD or 3x(1/...2) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15 MBI5 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(2/1) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 HIGH POWER MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 MBI5 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6 MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.7 MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9 MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.10 MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.11 MBI5 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12 MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.13 MBI5 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.14 MBI5 3x1/3x1HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.15 MBI5 3x1/3x2 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.16 MBI5 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 EMPTY CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 MBI30TRX DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 MBI50TRX DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENTS & INSTALLATION KITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 Kit for microwave equipments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Installation kits : characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

109 110 112 113 115 117 119 122 122 124 126 129 132 135 137 139 142 144 146 147 148 150 152 154 154 157 159 162 165 167 169 171 173 174 175 177 180 182 184 186 188 188 190 192 192 192 195

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

GLOSSARY / TERMINOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 3 / 195

LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES


Table 1. Sumup of the main G4 BTSMBI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2. Configurations overview G4 BTS MBI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1. Subracks equipment in MBI racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2. Areas allocation for AC/DC, BATS and BBU in MBI racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3. Position of connectors on STASR backpanel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3. Possible subrack connectors used by the modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4. Sectors mapping in MBI3 and MBI5 configurations up to 4 sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4. Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5. Antenna connectors mapping Top view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6. ANB representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7. ANY representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8. Position of the lower Fan Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 9. MBI3 1x1...8 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 10. MBI3 1x1...4 AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 11. MBI3 2x1...4 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 12. MBI3 2x1...2 AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 13. MBI3 3x1...2 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 14. MBI3 3x1 AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 15. MBI5 1x1...8 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 16. MBI5 1x9...12 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 17. MBI5 2x1...4 AC with BU101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 18. MBI5 2x1...6 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 19. MBI5 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 20. MBI5 1x1...7 + 1x1...5 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 21. MBI5 3x1...2 AC with BU101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 22. MBI5 3x1...4 DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 23. MBI5 2x4 + 2x2 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 24. MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC with ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 25. MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC without ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 26. MBI5 2x5 + 1x2 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 27. MBI5 1x1...2 + 1x4 DC with ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 28. MBI3 1x1...4 DC or AC with ANX and ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 29. MBI3 2x1...2 DC or AC with ANX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 30. MBI3 3x1...2 DC with ANX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 31. MBI5 1x1...8 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 32. MBI5 2x1...4 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 33. MBI5 3x1...3 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 34. MBI5 4x1...2 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 35. MBI3 1x3...4 Low Loss DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 36. MBI5 1x3...8 Low Loss DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 37. MBI5 1x9...12 Low Loss DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 38. MBI5 2x3...6 Low Loss DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 39. MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 40. MBI3 1x1...3 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 41. MBI3 2x1 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 42. MBI3 3x1...1 High Power DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 43. MBI5 1x1...4 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 44. MBI5 1x1...8 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 45. MBI5 2x1...4 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 46. MBI5 3x1...3 High Power DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 47. MBI5 3x4 High Power DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 48. 3x1...6 HP site configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 41 43 45 48 50 52 54 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 112

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 4 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Figure 49. MBI5 2x1...2 High Power TRDH AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 50. MBI5 3x2 High Power TRDH AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 51. MBI5 1x1...8 High Power 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 52. Extended Cell configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 53. MBI5 Extended Cell configuration based on RX TMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 54. MBI3 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 55. MBI3 2x1...2/1x1...2 DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 56. MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 57. MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 58. MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 59. MBI5 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 60. MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 61. MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD DC or AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 62. MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 63. MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 64. MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 65. MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 66. MBI5 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 67. MBI5 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 68. MBI5 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 69. MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 70. MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 71. MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 72. MBI5 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 73. MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 74. MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 75. MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 76. MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 77. MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 78. MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 79. MBI5 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 80. MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC 24V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 81. MBI5 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 82. MBI5 3x1/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 83. MBI5 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 84. MBI5 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 85. MBI3 0TRX DC or AC (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 86. MBI5 0TRX DC or AC (example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

113 115 117 119 120 122 124 126 129 132 135 137 139 142 144 146 147 148 150 152 155 157 160 163 165 167 169 171 173 174 175 177 180 182 184 186 188 190

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 5 / 195

HISTORY
Ed.01 Released on 20020417 Creation. Ed.02 Released on 20020924 Remark concerning usage of single ANY added Introduction of of new configurations: Standard configurations MBI5: 4x1...3 DC and 2x4+2x2 DC High power GSM1800 TRDH MBI5: 2x1...2 AC and 3x2 AC Replacement of MBO*OOC with EXTBAT*OO4 in MBI5 AC variants Ed.03 Released on 20030225 Some minor bug corrections Introduction of GSM 900 High Power (TAGH) Introduction of of configurations with ANX & ANY MBI3 1x1...4 DC or AC MBI3 2x1...2 DC or AC MBI3 3x1...2 DC Extension of the mnemonic for bisector configurations with preequipment: Addition of maximum allowed number of TRX in the PrePart. Addition of additional fixing kit (option) and update of TDS references for fixing kit items Change of ANC ordering rule for MBI5 4x1...3 DC (One ANC with CS04 required) Clarification of quantity rules for ANY of multiband configurations Ed.04 Released on 20030326 Some bug corrections Deletion of the Low loss addendum in the MBI5 9...12 (chapter 4.8) and change form VL (very low loss) to LL in MBI5 9...12TRX (chapter 5.3) Introduction of MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC Usage of 3 ANC without cables and one with cables for all configurations with 4 ANC Ed.05 Released on 20030805 Introduction of 24V DC power supply for some MBI5 configurations Change of antenna mapping Ed.06 Released on 20031119 Some minor bug corrections Introduction of multiband configurations 900/1900 Introduction of ANB Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC Ed.07 Released on 20040420 Introduction of configurations with ANY High Power: 1x1...8 and 1x1...8 24V DC Introduction of new configuration MBI3 3x1 High Power DC 900 MHz Introduction of TRE EDGE+ (enhanced 8PSK power) for all 900 & 1800 MP configurations Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC Introduction of configurations High Power MBD and MBC Introduction of new configuration MBI3 2x1...2 GSM850 / 1x1...2 GSM1900 MBD DC Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) MBC DC Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Ed.08 Released on 20041006 Replacement of ANY by ANY high power Introduction of configurations MBI3 and MBI5 without TRE

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 6 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Introduction of new configurations MBI5 1x7+1x5 900/1800 DC and MBI5 2x5+1x2 900/1800 DC Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x1...2 + 1x4 with ANY for single antenna Introduction of TRE High Power EDGE+ Addition and update of antenna mappings for configurations with more than 4 ANC Update to a common ANC numbering: Sector n= ANC1, p= 2, q = 3, r = 4, s = 5, t = 6 Addition of the option E+ to the mnemonics for configurations with new TRE for EDGE+ Correction of bugs found by comparison with Configurator v4.6Tool from Massy

REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
[1] Product Configuration Level A9100 BTS 3BK 15015 AAAA ALZZA Product Configuration Level Node_B 3BK 15038 AAAA ALZZA Product Configuration Level External Products 3BK 15027 AAAA ALZZA GSM 850 configurations dealt with TD documents Memorandum TD/O&M/SYSTEM/2001.098 Product Index 3DC 25000 0001 UZZZA GSM 850 configurations dealt with TD documents Memorandum TD/O&M/SYSTEM/2001.098 ENGINEERING RULES AND CONFIGURATIONS G4 BTS INDOOR 3BK 15015 BAAA PWZZA BTS G4 Architecture & Principles 3BK 11210 0328 DSZZA BTS G3 Architecture and Principles 3BK 11210 0157 DSZZA

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

[9]

[10] Mixed configurations between G1, G2, G3 and G4 BTS 3BK 17001 0005 DSZZA [11] EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Hardware Description 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA [12] Engineering Rules Range Extension Kit & Application to Extended Cell 3BK 17025 0117 PGZZA

RELATED DOCUMENTS
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

None.

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 7 / 195

PREFACE
This document describes the engineering rules and the hardware configurations of the Alcatel 9100 Multi standard Base Station Indoor for GSM, and the ordering rules for each configuration in accordance with the PCL references. The configurations detailed in present document are based on last evolutions of the EVOLIUMTM A9100 BTS, called internally G4 step1 and G4 step2. In the present document, we will only refer to G4 BTS.

IMPORTANT : The configurations described in the document are based on : the actual defined and developed hardware refered in the PCL [1] and [2], the configurations authorized by the Product Index [5], and memorandum [6].
For a best understanding, the reader is supposed to have a basic knowledge of the G4 BTS. If this is not the case, it is advised to read first document [7].

1 INTRODUCTION
The document is organized as following : Chapter 2 sums up the main configurations characteristics. Chapter 3 specifies the engineering rules to build the different configurations, as set of rules to be applied. In relation with the references of the technical data sheets (TDS) defined in the Product Configuration Level (PCL) [1] and [2] : Chapter 4 defines the Standard configurations GSM 850, 900, 1800 and 1900, Chapter 5 defines the Low Losses configurations, Chapter 6 defines the High Power configurations, Chapter 7 describes the Extended Cell configuration, Chapter 8 defines the Multiband configurations, Chapter 9 defines the High Power Multiband configurations, Chapter 10 describes the empty configurations (without TREs), Chapter 11 describes the Optional Equipments and Installation Kits, Usually, the possible options and extensions are indicated.

LIST OF OPEN POINTS

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 8 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

2 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONFIGURATIONS 2.1 General characteristics


G4 BTS MBI Definition Network or or or or Cabinet Number of sectors GSM 850 GSM 900, GSM 1800, GSM 1900, Multiband 900/1800 & 900/1900. MBI3 or MBI5 Max. 3 in MBI3 cabinet, Max. 4 in a MBI5 cabinet.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Configurations Power type TX power

Refer to chapter 2.2


DC or AC TRAL : GSM 850 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 15 W TRAG : GSM 900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 15 W TRAGE: GSM 900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W TAGH : GSM 900 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25 W TAGHE:GSM 900 HP 60W 47,8 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W TRAD : GSM 1800 MP 35 W 45,4 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 12W TRADE : GSM 1800 MP 35 W 45,4 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30W TRAP : GSM 1900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25W TRDH: GSM 1800 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/ 0,5 dB TADH : GSM 1800 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25W TADHE:GSM 1800 HP 60W 47,8 dBm +/ 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W

Reference sensitivity Antenna network

111 dBm ANB (Antenna network Bi TRE, as option in configurations with less than 3 carriers per sector) ANC (Antenna network with combiner) ANY (Twin Wide Band Combiner Stage and Power Splitter) Station Unit Sharing One SUMA per BTS.

Station Unit Options Synchronization


1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Master free run or External synchronization (PCM, G1/G2/G3/G4 BTS, GPS)

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 9 / 195

MBI3 Minimum initial mandatory equipment Subracks STASR Number of TREs 1 sector Number of TREs More than 1 sector Number of ANB/ANC 3 1 (1)

MBI5
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

5 1 (1)

1 TRE per sector. (1) In general 1 per sector, 2 per sector in case of Low Losses configurations, 2 per sector in case of Multiband Cell. Refer to the chapter 3.5.5 Refer to the chapter 3.7.1

Antenna network type ANY Fan stages Installation Number of antennas per sector Battery backup Network termination impedance NTL Microwave (IDU)

Refer to the chapter 3.6.2 Optional for AC configurations 75 or 120 No Yes, optional.

Extension facilities Cabinet Number of sectors No Yes

Table 1. Sumup of the main G4 BTSMBI characteristics


(1)

From ordering and manufacturing point of view, it is possible to have 0 TRE in a sector.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 10 / 195

2.2 Configurations overview


RACK CONFIGURATION TYPE DC AC w/o BBU AC AC with with BATS LBBU GSM GSM GSM GSM 850 900 1800 1900

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Standard configurations
MBI3 MBI3 MBI3 MBI3 MBI3 MBI3 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 1x1...4 1x1...8 2x1...2 2x1...4 3x1 3x1...2 1x1...8 1x9...12 2x1...4 2x1...6 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 1x7 + 1x5 1x6 + 2x3 3x1...2 3x1...4 4x1..3 2x4 + 2x2 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X (1) (1) (1) X (1) X (1) X X X (1) X (1)

Low Losses configurations


MBI3 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 1x3...4 1x3...8 1x9...12 2x3...6 3x3 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X (1) (1) X

High Power configurations


1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

MBI3 MBI3

2x1...2 3x1

X X

X X

X X

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 11 / 195

RACK

CONFIGURATION TYPE

DC

MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5

1x1...4 1x1...8 2x1...4 3x1...3 3x3 4x1...2 2x1...2 3x2 2x5 + 1x2

X X X X X X

X X X X

X X X X

X X X X (4) X

X X X X (4) X (2) (2) (3)

X X X

X X X

Multiband configurations GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 and 850/1900 MBD or MBC


MBI3 MBI3 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...4 or 1x(...4/...4) 2x1...2/1x1...2 1x1...6/1x1...6 or 1x(...6/...6) 1x1...8/1x1...4 or 1x(...8/...4) 1x1...4/1x1...8 or 1x(...4/...8) 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 1x1...4/2x1...4 2x1...4/1x1...4 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 2x1...4/2x1...2 or 2x(...4/...2) 2x1...2/2x1...4 or 2x(...2/...4) 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) 3x1...2/3x1 or 3x(...2/1) 3x1/3x2 or 3x(1/...2) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Multiband configurations High Power GSM 900/1800 MBD or MBC


1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

MBI5 MBI5 MBI5

1x1...6/1x1...6 or 1x(...6/...6) 1x1...8/1x1...4 or 1x(...8/...4) 1x1...4/1x1...8 or 1x(...4/...8) 08

X X X

(4) (4) (4)

(4) (4) (4)

ED

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

12 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

AC w/o BBU

AC AC with with BATS LBBU

GSM GSM GSM GSM 850 900 1800 1900

RACK
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

CONFIGURATION TYPE

DC

AC w/o BBU

AC AC with with BATS LBBU

GSM GSM GSM GSM 850 900 1800 1900

MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5 MBI5

1x3...8LL/1x1...4 1x1...4/2x1...4 2x1...4/1x1...4 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 2x1...4/2x1...2 or 2x(...4/...2) 2x1...2/2x1...4 or 2x(...2/...4) 2x1...3/2x1...3 or 2x(...3/...3) 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) 3x1/3x1 or 3x(1/1) 3x2/3x1 or 3x(2/1) 3x1/3x2 or 3x(1/2)

X X X X X X X X X X X X

(4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) X X X

(4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) (4) X X X

Extended Cells configurations (see remark in chapter 7)


MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...4 with TMA X X X X X

Empty configurations (without TREs)


MBI5 X X X X X X X X

Table 2. Configurations overview G4 BTS MBI.

2.3 Special configurations


For the reason of stock reduction there are allowed following configurations, as long as availability is given: GSM 900/1800/1900 with ANX & ANY: MBI3 1x1...4 DC or AC MBI3 2x1...2 DC or AC MBI3 3x1...2 DC These special configurations are not described in the common engineering rules part, but in the configuration description part. For usage of these configurations the TDS references for ANX and ANY have been readded in the new edition of the PCL.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

2.4 Restrictions and Remarks


(1) Restrictions for GSM 1900:

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 13 / 195

Operation under +45C ambient temperature is possible if maximum 6 TREs in MBI3, and 10 TREs in MBI5, Limitation to +40C otherwise. (+45C possible if power is reduced to 28W (Pmax 2 dB)) (2) (3) (4) = High Power GSM1800 TRDH = No mix 1800/1900 allowed = If more than 9 TRE High Power in MBI5: Temperature limitation to +40C
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

2.4.1 Usage of ANY With introduction of edition 8 of the ER the existing ANY have been replaced by ANY high power. In order of usage of previous ANY in stock, these can be used also for nonHP configurations.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 14 / 195

3 ENGINEERING RULES
The following rules must be followed for all G4 BTS based on MBI cabinets. In case rules apply only to specific cases, it will be mentioned.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

3.1 Rack and subrack configuration


Two different racks are foreseen for the G4 BTSMBI configurations: the MBI3 with 3 subracks, the MBI5 with 5 subracks. In MBI cabinets, all subracks are preequipped. In order to respect thermal dissipations requirements, RF cabling pattern standardization, space optimization, the following figures for subracks filling will be respected as much often as possible. 5 4

TREs ANs TREs SUMA & ANs TREs


MBI5

TREs SUMA & ANs TREs


MBI3

3 2 1 Subrack number

Figure 1. Subracks equipment in MBI racks

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 15 / 195

3.2 Rack and subrack configuration AC variant


The G4 BTS MBI may be powered from a DC 48V or AC 220V power supply. When powered from alternating current, an AC/DC conversion unit is included in STASR n3 for the MBI3, and in STASR n2 for the MBI5. (Refer to Figure 2. ) This AC/DC conversion unit will be composed of: two AC/DC power modules (PM12, 1200W) in MBI3 cabinet, three PM12 in MBI5 cabinet, one adapter module (ADAM) in each type of cabinet. Associated to AC function, a small (BATS) or a large battery backup unit (BBU) may be installed in the rack, with the exception that large BBU cant take place in a MBI3 cabinet. (Note: The large BBU is defined for 90 Ah, but the TD mnemonic is BU101.) Note: Larger battery backup is possible from an external battery cabinet.

5 4

BATS

AC/DC

BATS

3 2 1

AC/DC BBU
MBI5

BATS

MBI3

Shelf number

Figure 2. Areas allocation for AC/DC, BATS and BBU in MBI racks

3.3 Rack and subrack configuration 24V DC variant


The G4 BTS MBI may be powered from a DC 24V power supply also. In this case 24V to 48 V DCconverter modules are to be used in a special subrack in shelf no. 1. This 24/48V conversion unit is composed by: one DC converter subrack, one DC converter kit, two resp. three DCconverters.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 16 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

3.4 Usage of ANB instead of ANC


For configrations with less than 3 TRE per sector resp. frequency threre can be used the ANB instead of the ANC.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

3.5 Modules location, numbering schemes


3.5.1 STASR subrack There is only one subrack type: STASR. Information about subrack and modules, like sizes (TExU), are provided in documents [8] and [9], nevertheless for a best understanding some informations are reminded here after : 21xTE 14xTE 10,5

B C

Figure 3. Position of connectors on STASR backpanel.

SUMA 10,5

ANB/ANC 28 ANBG ANBD ANCG ANCD ANCP ANCL

ANY 10,5 ANYG ANYD ANYP ANYL

TRE 21 TRAG TRAD TRAP TRAL TADH TAGH X

TRE 28 TRDH

BATS 28

PM12 14

A (0) B (1/8) C (1/6)


1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

X X X X

X X

D (2/8) E (2/6)

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 17 / 195

SUMA 10,5 F (1/2) G (4/6) H (6/8) I (5/6) X

ANB/ANC 28 X

ANY 10,5 X

TRE 21 X

TRE 28 X

BATS 28 X X

PM12 14 X X
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

X X

X X X

Table 3. Possible subrack connectors used by the modules.

3.5.2 SUMA board For homogeneous patterns reasons, and to be in accordance with the software tools developped (CMA), the SUMA will be located as soon as the configuration allows it in 2nd subrack, either in position A, or in position F, depending of the BTS configuration. Nevertheless, for some configurations other figures can be found. They will be detailed case per case in the next chapters. The SUMA board can receive up to two daughter boards : one daughter board including a GPS receiver, one daughter board allowing different Abis hardware interface, or extendability of the Abis links. Actually, following configurations are possible : SUMA without options, SUMA + GPSRS, 3.5.3 Sectors mapping There may be up to 3 sectors in a MBI3 cabinet and up to 4 sectors in a MBI5 cabinet. The sectors are identified with their respective quantity of TREs: n, p, q and r. For standard configurations, it is supposed that : n w 0 (1 sector configurations) or or n w p w 0 (2 sectors configurations) n w p w q w 0 (3 sectors configurations)

IMPORTANT : At factory delivery, the sectors are mapped as described here below, but of course on site, depending of extension/reduction operations, other cases can be found.

q n
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

MBI3 1 sector

MBI3 2 sectors

MBI3 3 sectors

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 18 / 195

p
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

q n

q r

p n

n n
MBI5 1 sector MBI5 2 sectors

MBI5 3 sectors

MBI5 4 sectors

Figure 4. Sectors mapping in MBI3 and MBI5 configurations up to 4 sectors For configurations with more than 4 sectors see dedicated engineering rules for sector mapping. In MULTIBAND BTS, and during the manufacturing phase, the GSM 1800 sectors will be located from bottom to top in Indoor cabinets (when it is possible). On site, depending of the extension strategy (for example : moving from GSM 900 to Multiband), the added sectors will be added in the free places, thus to not reschuffle the complete cabling and to minimize the telecom outage. 3.5.4 Sectors mapping on customer network There is no direct and systematic link between the sectors mapping described in the previous chapter and the sectors mapping given by the Operations and/or the Customer (link with the RNP). Example : Let us consider a three sectors configuration :

N 1 3 2

At installation time, the operator will give the mapping : so many TREs in sector number x (x = 1 or 2 or 3) ; the operations team will then have to give the right value (1, 2 or 3) on the antenna networks to assign their logical sector number through the Remote Inventory (RI). At TREs extension time, TRE modules are installed in their target sector ; the above rule of the greater number does not apply anymore. 3.5.5 Location rules for ANC and ANY For thermal reasons, 3 x ANC with more than 1 TRE each cant be fitted in the same STASR. For the same reasons 2 x ANC wont be installed closed together in a STASR. Each time an ANY is needed, the first ANY is located near its ANC, from right to left. All ANY located at the left of an ANC are considered as part of the sector modules by the software. For more detailed information, please refer to document [7].
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Preequipment rules for ANY: Preequipment is an option, identified in the mnemonic of the configuration by : [PRE] The preequipment is possible on some configurations with more than 4 TRE per sector.

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 19 / 195

If Preequipment is chosen, it applies for the complete BTS (all the sectors). 3.5.6 TRE locations The numbering scheme used for the TREs in the configurations described in the next chapters, is a filling order (respectively for each sector), and not a SBL order number. The TRE modules of a given sector are installed as close as possible to their related AN. The general rule is to insert the TRE modules of each sector from the right to left (in a subrack), and then from bottom to top. Refer to configurations description for more details. Unbalanced sectors Unbalanced sectors in terms of TRE are allowed. Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors, 2 and 3 sectors example : Basic scheme n+p n+p+q Equivalent schemes p+n n+q+p, p+n+q, p+q+n, q+n+p, q+p+n

Table 4. Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 20 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

3.6 RF cabling
3.6.1 Cable sets
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

A cable set is associated to each RF connection type : the RF cable set between RF modules : CS03 This cable set is used between TRE and ANB/ANC, TRE and ANY, ANY and ANB/ANC, the RF cable set ANB/ANC to antenna connector : CS04

Preequipment of RF cables sets: For practical reasons, and to avoid further difficulties later on site in case of sector extension, the RF cables sets CS04 of the first 3 sectors will be always preequipped. 3.6.2 Antenna connectors mapping The antenna connectors mapping is done according to the scheme of Figure 5. A and B are the numbering conventions of the antennas for a given sector.

Auxiliary 3 x 7/16 Ant.Blocks

Sector 2/A (P ANT A) Sector 2/B (P ANT B) Sector 4/A (R ANT A) Sector 4/B (R ANT B) Sector 6/A (T ANT A_) Sector 3/A (Q ANT A)

Top Fan Area

Sector 1/A (N ANT A) Sector 1/B (N ANT B) Sector 5/A (S ANT A) Sector 5/B (S ANT B) Sector 6/B (T ANT B) Sector 3/B (Q ANT B)

Hole for STM1 optical fibers

Hole for SMA connector GPS

Figure 5. Antenna connectors mapping Top view

3.6.3 Handling of ANB/ANC paths a) Standard case: one ANC In case of 2 TREs maximum, each antenna should be connected to one TRE, thus the VSWR monitoring would be operational on both paths. The filling order is: TRE1 on path a, TRE2 on path b, TRE3 on path a, TRE4 on path b.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 21 / 195

b)

Usage of ANB instead of ANC

DUP

DUP

b ANB 1 2

TRE TRE 1 TXA IN 2 TXB IN Figure 6. ANB representation c) Case of ANY usage

a ANY

b ANY

TRE 1 3 2 4 TXA TXA TXB TXB IN1 IN2 IN1 IN2

TRE 1 3 2 4

a Two figures: ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7

b ANC ANY 2 2 468

b ANC ANY

TRE 1 3 2 4 5 6

Figure 7. ANY representation If the ANYs are not preequipped, the rules defined in a ) must be applied.

3.6.4 Handling of the bridges on ANC Each ANC has two bridges (one per half ANC) which can be removed to get more output power in configurations with maximum 2 TREs per sector. (Inhibition of the inbuilt combiners) Not to multiply the number of configurations : The bridges will be always equipped at manufacturing level, Removal of the bridges and associated recabling of the TREs will be performed on site if a LowLoss configuration is requested, and on High Power configurations with maximum 2 TRE per sector.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 22 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

3.6.5 Handling of 50 Ohm loads on ANB/ANC and ANY. Previous experience with G3 BTS has shown that each unused input of ANY should be 50 Ohm terminated to fulfill the requirements regarding to output power and TX return loss. Thus on G4 BTS, 50 Ohm load will be equipped on each unused input of ANY, and on each unused input of ANC when bridges will not be removed on site. For the ANB no loads are required.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

3.7 Cooling rules


3.7.1 Cooling fans A fan stage includes three fan units (each one including 2 fans), and one Fan Control Board (FACB). As soon as one TRE is equipped in a subrack, the fan stage below the TRE(s) is fully equipped. For practical reasons, the MBI3 and MBI5 are respectively equipped with 2 and 3 fan stages.

3.7.2 Dummy panels Dummy panels are not required for the empty spaces in subracks. Nevertheless, one FC1U dummy panel will be installed between 2 STASR installed closed together, without air inlet in between. The FC1U is installed where FANUs normally take place. (Refer to Figure 8. ) This rule applies between STASR1 and STASR2, and between STASR3 and STASR4.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 S U M A

Air Inlet

Rules for lower Fan Stage in MBI5 AC.

BATS

(Option)

FANU

FANU

FANU

Fan Stage position if large BBU installed. FC1U Dummy Panel if no large BBU installed

BBU

or

STASR

(Option)

NU

FANU

Fan Stage position if STASR installed.

STAND

Figure 8. Position of the lower Fan Stage

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 23 / 195

3.8 Microwave equipments in MBI cabinets


Microwave equipments, such as PIDUs, can fit in STASR subracks where no RF modules are installed, and their location in STASR subracks follow the rules defined in Table 3. Nevertheless, some restrictions must be considered: One Auxiliary 3 x 7/16 Ant.Block must be replaced by one 3 x N Ant.Block for the microwave feeders, Number of PIDUs is limited to maximum 3 (this is linked to the 3 x N Ant.Block), but it can be less depending on the BTS configuration. OPEN POINT 3.8 Kit PIDU for MBI (including 3 x N Ant.Block) not yet defined in HW Breakdown.

Handling of microwave units and related kits Microwave units are not handled by EVOLIUM/R&D, therefore no references will be found in the following configuration tables, neither in the mnemonics of the configurations. Nevertheless, the kits designed for integration of microwave units in the MBI are mentioned in chapter 11.

3.9 External alarms


Up to 16 alarms input are provided for the external alarms on the connection area of the BTS. As no galvanic isolation is provided at BTS side, an external equipment is required to implement the galvanic isolation.

3.10 Clock synchronization


There are different ways to synchronize the BTS from clock point of view: Synchronization from GPS receiver with an appropriate SUMA variant (refer to 3.5.2), Synchronization from network transmission link clock (PCM synchronization), Synchronization to a neighbour BTS (MasterSlave mode), Free running BTS (Local OCXO). For synchronization between GSM BTSs, the reader will refer to document [10].

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 24 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

3.11 ... how to interpret the configurations :


In the next chapters, previous defined engineering rules are applied to the different configurations.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Each configuration is named as named in the Product Index [5], and mnemonics defined in the Hardware Commercial Configurator are indicated for the supply chain. The ordering rules are to be read with PCL documents [1] and [2], and each line of the tables must be interpreted as described by the example here below : Equipment TRE module or Choice GSM 900 GSM 1800 Quantity n [ or + TDR G3MOD**OOA G3MOD**OO4 ] G4MOD**OOF

Equipment in total : n x { [G3MOD**OOA or G3MOD**OO4] + G4MOD**OOF }

The classification and naming convention is made accordingly : MBI3 / MBI5 Number of TREs per sector (as many sectors as there are): n for a 1sector configuration n, p for a 2 sectors configuration, n, p, q for a 3sectors configuration, .... For the extension set, parameters n, p, q, ... will be used respectively with the n, p, q, ... TRE already installed in sectors 1, 2, 3, ...

Simplified rack layouts are provided (no detailed connection area). The rack layouts indicate the interconnections between ANC and ANY, ANB/ANC and TRE, ANY and TRE, sector per sector. For more details concerning the cabling (Number of cables, cable sets identification, cabling diagram, ...), the reader will refer to document [11].

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 25 / 195

4 STANDARD CONFIGURATIONS GSM 850, 900, 1800, 1900 4.1 MBI3 1x1...8 DC

Legend Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE. a b ANC 1 ANY 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468 ANY 2

S U M A

ANY 2

ANY 1

ANC 1

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required. Preequipment possible. Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY preequip. the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC. The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3 TRE

Dummy Panel

Empty space TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU

Figure 9. MBI3 1x1...8 DC

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 26 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX900 [E+PREANB] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1800 [E+PREANB] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1900 [PRE]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 n [ or or or or + or or

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

or if n v 2: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 ANY module or or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 0 2

or [ If n v 4 or If n u 4 or if PREeq. or +

4n If ANC and no ANY 8n If ANY

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or ANC module or ANY module or or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 n [ or or or or + or [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n)>2 and no ANC on site: 1 If no ANY on site : 2 If (n+n) u 4

If ANC added: 4(n+n) If 2 ANY added : 8(n+n)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

(1) 6 TREs maximum in case of GSM 1900. (Refer to 2.4)

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 27 / 195

4.2 MBI3 1x1...4 AC

Legend

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2

Connection Area

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

BATS

(Option)

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

S U M A Dummy Panel

ANC 1

The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3 TRE

Empty space TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU

Figure 10. MBI3 1x1...4 AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 28 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX900AC [E+BUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1800AC [E+BUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1900AC [BUu]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or

Choice AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 n [ or or or or + or or

TDR MBIGSM*OO2 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

or if n v 2: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 4 n BU5 1

or

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option)

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 n [ or or or or + or G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n)>2 and no ANC on site: 1 If ANC added: 4(n+n)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 29 / 195

4.3 MBI3 2x1...4 DC

Legend Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A Dummy Panel

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU

Figure 11. MBI3 2x1...4 DC

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 30 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX900 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX1800 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX1900 []

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 n+p [ or or or or + or or 2 or if ANC: 8 n p

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL

or if (n + p) v 4: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p [ or or or or + or G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n+p+p)>4 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p)

(1) 6 TREs maximum in case of GSM 1900. (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 31 / 195

4.4 MBI3 2x1...2 AC

Legend

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2

Connection Area

BATS

The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE.

(Option)

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 Sector 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2 Sector 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A Dummy Panel

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU

Figure 12. MBI3 2x1...2 AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 32 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX900AC [E+BUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX1800AC [E+BUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX1900AC [BUu]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or: or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 n+p [ or or or or + or or 2 or If ANC: 8 n p

TDR MBIGSM*OO2 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n + p [ or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 33 / 195

4.5 MBI3 3x1...2 DC

Legend Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE. a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU TRE 1 2 Sector 1 ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) TRE 1 2 Sector 2 a b ANC 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A Dummy Panel

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2 Sector 3 The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

TRE2 FANU

TRE1

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU Empty space

Figure 13. MBI3 3x1...2 DC

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 34 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI3n,p,qTRX850 [] BTS9100INDMBI3n,p,qTRX900 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI3n,p,qTRX1800 [E+ANB BTS9100INDMBI3n,p,qTRX1900 []

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or or: or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 n+p+q [ or or or or or + or or or 3 or If ANC: 12 n p q

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n + p +q [ or or or or or + G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 35 / 195

4.6 MBI3 3x1 AC

Legend

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2

Connection Area

The BTS has 3 sectors, one TRE per sector.

BATS

(Option)

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 Sector 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 Sector 2

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 Sector 3

Dummy Panel

S U M A TRE1 FANU TRE1 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

Empty space

Figure 14. MBI3 3x1 AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 36 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI31,1,1TRX900AC [E+BUu] BTS9100INDMBI31,1,1TRX1800AC [E+BUu] BTS9100INDMBI31,1,1TRX1900AC [BUu]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or or: or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 3 [ or or or or + or or 3 or If ANC: 9

TDR MBIGSM*OO2 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
No extension possible.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 37 / 195

4.7 MBI5 1x1...8 DC or AC

Legend Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468

ANY 2

ANY 1

ANC 1

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required. Preequipment possible. Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY preequip. the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC.

Dummy

Panel

The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3 TRE

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

BATS

(Option)

FANU

FANU

FANU

BBU

or

STASR

(Option)

STAND

Figure 15. MBI5 1x1...8 DC or AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 38 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX850 [PREACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900 [E+PREACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1800 [E+PREACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1900 [PREACBUu]

Equipment Cabinet or or SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or

Choice DC AC AC with BU90 (Large BBU) E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 + 1 n [ or or or or or + or or or 1 or 0 2 [ If n v 4 or If n u 4 or if PREeq. or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 MBIGSM*OO4 NBV2CABOO6 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G850MODOO2 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

or if n v 2: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 ANY module or or or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

4n If ANC and no ANY 8n If ANY BU5 BU90 1 or

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) or G4CAB**OO8 EXTBAT*OO4

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

[ or or or or or + or or

G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS

ANC module or or

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 39 / 195

ANY module or or or 50 Ohms load for AN

If ANC added: 4(n+n) If 2 ANY added : 8(n+n)

G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 40 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

If no ANY on site : 2 If (n+n) u 4

[ or or or +

G850MODOO2 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF

4.8 MBI5 1x9...12 DC or AC


This configuration is the logical extension of the 1x1...8 configuration.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 1 ANC 1 a b ANC 2 Panel TRE 9 11 10 12 ANY 2 2 468

ANY 2

TRE4 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

Dummy Panel

TRE12 FANU
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TRE11

TRE10 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE9 FANU

Figure 16. MBI5 1x9...12 DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 41 / 195

P M 1 2


BATS
(Option) TRE3 P M 1 2

Dummy

Both ANC are set to the same sector number. TRE2 FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU

S U M A

ANC 2 Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

MNEMONICS : or or

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900 [E+ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1800 [E+ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1900 [ACBUu]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or or ANC module or or ANY module or or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n [ or or or or + or or 2 [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

12n

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n [ or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF

(1) 1x1...10 is OK, but 1x11...12 is restricted: +40C. +45C is possible if the power is reduced to 28W at OMCR (Pmax2dB). (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 42 / 195

4.9 MBI5 2x1...4 AC with BU101

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Legend

The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

TRE2 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

TRE1

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


P M 1 2 P M 1 2 S U M A FANU FANU FANU Air Inlet

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU Empty space

BBU
( BU101 )
STAND

Figure 17. MBI5 2x1...4 AC with BU101

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 43 / 195

MNEMONICS : or or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX900ACBU90 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1800ACBU90 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1900ACBU90 []


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet Battery Backup Unit (Option) SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or

Choice AC with BU90 (Large BBU) BU90 E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 + 1 1 n+p [ or or or or + or or 2 or If ANC: 8np

TDR MBIGSM*OO4 NBV2CABOO6 EXTBAT*OO4 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL

or if (n+p) v 4: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p [ or or or or + or G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n+p+p)>4 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 44 / 195

4.10 MBI5 2x1...6 DC or AC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE.

a b ANC 1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


S U M A

FANU Air Inlet

FANU ANY 1

BATS

(Option)

ANY 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

TRE 1 3 2 4 5 6

a b ANC 2 ANY 2

Dummy Panel TRE5

TRE6

TRE 1 3 2 4 5 6

TRE2

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

In each sector : If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY is required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC.

ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

ANY 1

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Dummy

Panel

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 18. MBI5 2x1...6 DC or AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 45 / 195

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n+p [ or or or or or + or or or 2 or If PREequipment : 2 else : 1 If n u 4 + 1 If p u 4 If ANC: ( Sector 1 : 4n if no ANY 6n if ANY + Sector 2 : 4p if no ANY 6p if ANY) [ or or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G850MODOO2 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

or if (n+p) v 4: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 ANY module or or or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n + p [ or or or or or + G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 46 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX850 [PRE66ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX900 [E+PRE66ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1800 [E+PRE66ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1900 [PRE66ACBUu]

ANC module or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

if (n+n+p+p)>4 and no ANC on site: 2 If no ANY in sector 1 : 1 If (n+n) u 4 + If no ANY in sector 2 1 If (p+p) u 4 IF ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p) + If ANY add. in Sect.1 : 6(n+n) + If ANY add. in Sect.2 6(p+p)

or [ or or or +

G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G850MODOO2 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

ANY module or or 50 Ohms load for AN

(1) 2x1...5 is OK, but 2x6 is restricted: +40C. +45C is possible if the power is reduced to 28W at OMCR (Pmax2dB). (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 47 / 195

4.11 MBI5 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 DC or AC

Legend Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TREs.

a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU TRE 1 3 2 4

ANY 2

BATS

(Option)

ANY 1

ANC 1

a b ANC 2 ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468

Dummy

Panel

TRE4 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

Dummy Panel

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 19. MBI5 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 48 / 195

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX900 [E+PRE84ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1800 [E+PRE84ACBUu]

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or ANC module or ANY module or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n+p [ or or or + or If PREequipment : 2 else : 1 If 6>n>4 +1 If p u 6 Sector 1 : 4n if no ANY 6n if 1 ANY 8n if 2 ANY Sector 2 : 4p [ or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p [ or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

If no ANY in sector 1 : [ 2 If (n+n) u 4 or + If ANY add. in Sect.1 : 8(n+n)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 49 / 195

4.12 MBI5 1x7 + 1x5 DC

Legend Connection Area TRE5 TRE4 TRE2 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with 7 TRE Sector 2 with 5 TRE

a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 3 ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 2 Dummy Panel ANY 2 2 46

ANY 3 1 3 2 45

TRE6

TRE5

TRE7

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU FANU

S U M A

A N Y 2

A N Y 1

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Empty space.

Dummy

Panel

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 20. MBI5 1x1...7 + 1x1...5 DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 50 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI57,5TRX900 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI57,5TRX1800 [E+]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or ANC module or ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 12 [ or or or + or 3 [ or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 51 / 195

4.13 MBI5 3x1...2 AC with BU101

Legend Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE. a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 Sector 1 ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2 Sector 3 a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2 Sector 2

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

TRE2 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

TRE1

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

Empty space

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

FANU

FANU

FANU

Air Inlet

BBU
( BU101 )
STAND

Figure 21. MBI5 3x1...2 AC with BU101

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 52 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX900ACBU90 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1800ACBU90 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1900ACBU90 []

Equipment Cabinet Battery Backup Unit SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or: or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice AC with BU90 (Large BBU) BU90 E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 + 1 or 1 n+p+q [ or or or or + or or 3 or If ANC: 12npq

TDR MBIGSM*OO4 NBV2CABOO6 G4CAB**OO8 EXTBAT*OO4 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n + p + q [ or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 53 / 195

4.14 MBI5 3x1...4 DC or AC

Legend Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE.

FANU

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

TRE2 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

Dummy Panel

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 22. MBI5 3x1...4 DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 54 / 195

P M 1 2


BATS
(Option) Dummy Panel TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet P M 1 2 S U M A

FANU Air Inlet

FANU a b ANC 1 ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) TRE 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 a b ANC 2 a b ANC 3

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

TRE1 FANU

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX850 [ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX900 [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1800 [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1900 [ACBUu]

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n+p+q [ or or or or or + or or or 3 or If ANC: 12npq

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

or if (n+p+q) v 6: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p +q [ or or or or or + or G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n+p+p+q+q)>6 and no ANC on site: 3 If ANC added: 12(n+n+p+p+q+q)

(1) 3x1...3 is OK, but 3x4 is restricted: +40C. +45C is possible if the power is reduced to 28W at OMCR (Pmax2dB). (Refer to 2.4)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 55 / 195

4.15 MBI5 4x1...3 DC

Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

Legend

The BTS has 4 sectors with n, p, q and r TRE

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 3 2

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 3 2

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Empty space.

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

56 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX850 [] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX900 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX1800 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX1900 []

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 n+p+q+r [ or or or or or + or or or 3 or 1 or or or 1 or If ANC: 16npqr

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G850MODOO1 G4MOD**OO1 G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOQ G4MOD1*OOB G4MOD1*OOD G3MOD**OOL

or if (n+p+q+r) v 8: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 ANB/ANC module or or or GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

or if (n+p+q+r) v 8: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or ANC module or GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p + q + r [ or or or or or + G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7

if (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r) or >8 and no ANC on site: 3

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 57 / 195

ANC module or

GSM 900 GSM 1800

50 Ohms load for AN

If ANC added: 16 (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) 4x1...2 is OK, but 4x3 is restricted: +40C. +45C is possible if the power is reduced to 28W at OMCR (Pmax2dB). (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 58 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

if (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r) or >8 and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO1 G4MOD**OO2

4.16 MBI5 2x4 + 2x2 DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

Dummy Panel

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Empty space.

Figure 23. MBI5 2x4 + 2x2 DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

59 / 195

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or or [ or + [ or ANC module or or or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800] GSM900 GSM 1800] GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 n+p+q+r [ or or or or or + or or or 2 [ or + [ or or or or if ANB: 8np if no ANB: 16npqr

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC] G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7] G850MODOO1 G4MOD**OO1 G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOQ G3MOD**OOL

1 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n + p + q + r [ or or or or or + G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF

(1) This configuration is restricted: +40C. +45C is possible if the power is reduced to 28W at OMCR (Pmax2dB). (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 60 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX850 [] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX900 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX1800 [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX1900 []

4.17 MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC


4.17.1 MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC with ANY

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors with respectively 6, 3 and 3 TRE

a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 a b ANC 3 TRE 1 3 2 ANY 2 2 46

Dummy Panel

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE6 TRE5 TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU S U M A A N Y 2 A N Y 1 ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Empty space.

Figure 24. MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC with ANY

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

61 / 195

MNEMONICS : or

BTS9100INDMBI56,3,3TRX900 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI56,3,3TRX1800 [E+]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or ANC module or ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 12 [ or or or + or 2 [ or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 62 / 195

4.17.2 MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC without ANY

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors with respectively 6, 3 and 3 sectors Sector 1: FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU a b ANC 1 TRE 1 ANC 4 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 3 ( Sector 2 ) Sector 2: a b ANC 3 TRE 1 3 2 2 a b ANC 2 TRE 3 5 4 6

Dummy Panel

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE6 TRE5 TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU A ANC 2 ( Sector 1) N Y 2 S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Sector 3: a b ANC 4 TRE 1 3 2

Empty space.

Figure 25. MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 DC without ANY

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

63 / 195

MNEMONICS : or

BTS9100INDMBI56,3,3TRX900 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI56,3,3TRX1800 [E+]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 12 [ or or or + or 4

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 64 / 195

4.18 MBI5 2x5 + 1x2 DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Connection Area TRE5 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2

Legend

The BTS has 3 sectors with 5, 5 and 2 TRE

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 ANY 1

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

ANY 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

TRE 1 3 2 4 5

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE2 TRE1 TRE5 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU S U M A ANY 1 ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE4 FANU TRE2 TRE3 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Dummy

Panel

a b ANC 2 ANY 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 5

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2

The ANC 3 can be replaced by ANB

Empty space.

Figure 26. MBI5 2x5 + 1x2 DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

65 / 195

MNEMONICS : or

BTS9100INDMBI55,5,2TRX900 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI55,5,2TRX1800 [E+]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or ANC module or ANB/ANC module or or: or ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 12 [ or or or + or 1 or 1 or 2 [ or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

If ANC: 4 else: 2

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 66 / 195

4.19 MBI5 3x1..2 + 1x4 DC with ANY

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

Legend

The BTS has 4 sectors with n, p, q and r TRE

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2

a ANC 2 ANY TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

ANY

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE4 TRE3 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Dummy

Panel

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 2

The ANCs 1, 3 & 4 can be replaced by ANBs also

Empty space.

Figure 27. MBI5 1x1...2 + 1x4 DC with ANY

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

67 / 195

MNEMONICS : or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,4,q,rTRX900 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5n,4,q,rTRX1800 [E+]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or or: or ANC module or ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 4+n+q+r [ or or or + or 3 or 1 or 1 [ or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD**OO1 G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

If ANC: 12nqr else: 2

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ n + q + r [ or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL ] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 68 / 195

4.20 MBI3 1x1...4 DC or AC with ANX and ANY

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 28. MBI3 1x1...4 DC or AC with ANX and ANY

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 69 / 195


ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2

Connection Area

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE. a b ANX ANY TRE 1 3 2 4

BATS

(Option)

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

S U M A

ANY

ANX

Dummy Panel Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

MNEMONICS : or or

BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX900 [E+AC BUu] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1800 [E+AC BUu] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1900 [AC BUu]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or or ANX module or or ANY module or or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 or 1 n [ or or or or + or or 0 if n < 3 1 if n>2 [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 MBIGSM*OO2 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OO5 G3MOD**OOP G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

0 if no ANY else: 4 n BU5 1

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or ANY module or or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 n [ or or or or + [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

If no ANY on site : 1 If (n+n) u 2

If ANY added : 4(n+n)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 70 / 195

4.21 MBI3 2x1...2 DC or AC with ANX

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend

TRE2 FANU

TRE1

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 29. MBI3 2x1...2 DC or AC with ANX

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 71 / 195


ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2

Connection Area

BATS

The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE.

(Option)

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANX 1 TRE 1 2 Sector 1

a b ANX 2 TRE 1 2 Sector 2

ANX 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A

ANX 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

MNEMONICS : or or

BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX900 [E+AC BUu] BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX1800[E+AC BUu] BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX1900[AC BUu]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or or ANX module or or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 BU5

Quantity 1 or 1 n+p [ or or or or + or or 1

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 MBIGSM*OO2 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OO5 G3MOD**OOP G4CAB**OO8

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option)

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n + p [ or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 72 / 195

4.22 MBI3 3x1...2 DC with ANX

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 ANX 3 ( Sector 3 ) The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE. a b ANX 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU TRE 1 2 Sector 1 ANX 1 ( Sector 1 ) TRE 1 2 Sector 2 a b ANX 3 TRE 1 2 Sector 3 a b ANX 2

ANX 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A

Dummy Panel

Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU

Figure 30. MBI3 3x1...2 DC with ANX

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 73 / 195

MNEMONICS : or or

BTS9100INDMBI3n,p,qTRX900 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI3n,p,qTRX1800 [E+] BTS9100INDMBI3n,p,qTRX1900 []


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or ANX module or or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 n+p+q [ or or or or + or or

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OO5 G3MOD**OOP

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n+p+q [or or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 74 / 195

4.23 MBI5 1x1...8 24V DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

Legend The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE. a b ANC 1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7

ANY 2 2 468

S U M A

ANY 2

ANY 1

ANC 1

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required. Preequipment possible. Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY preequip. the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC.

Dummy Panel

The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3 TRE TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU Empty space

24V

24V Air Inlet STAND

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 31. MBI5 1x1...8 24V DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 75 / 195

Equipment Cabinet Subrack 24V DC Converter 24V DC SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or

Choice

Quantity 1 1 + 2

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO5 MBIGSM*OO7 MBIGSM*OO6 G4MOD**OO3 [ or or or or or + or or or G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G850MODOO2 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

1 n

or if n v 2: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 ANY module or or or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 0 2

1 or [ If n v 4 or If n u 4 or if PREeq. or or +

If ANC: 4n if no ANY 8n if ANY

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or ANC module or GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 n [ or or or or or + or G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7

if (n+n)>2 and no ANC on site: 1

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 76 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX850 24V [PRE] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900 24V [E+PREANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1800 24V [E+PREANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1900 24V [PRE]

ANY module or or or 50 Ohms load for AN

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

If no ANY on site : 2 If (n+n) u 4

[ or or or +

G850MODOO2 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

If ANC added: 4(n+n) If 2 ANY added : 8(n+n)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 77 / 195

4.24 MBI5 2x1...4 24V DC

Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Legend FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE. ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 1 a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU

Empty space

24V

24V Air Inlet STAND

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 32. MBI5 2x1...4 24V DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 78 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX850 24V [] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX900 24V [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1800 24V [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1900 24V []

Equipment Cabinet Subrack 24V DC Converter 24V DC SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or

Choice

Quantity 1 1 + 2

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO5 MBIGSM*OO7 MBIGSM*OO6 G4MOD**OO3 [ or or or or or + or or or G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL

E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

1 n+p

or if (n+p) v 4: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

2 or If ANC: 8 n p

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p [ or or or or or + or G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n+p+p) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 79 / 195

4.25 MBI5 3x1...3 24V DC

Legend Connection Area

TRE3

TRE2

TRE3

The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet S U M A

FANU a b ANC 1 a b ANC 2 a b ANC 3

ANC 3

ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 Panel 1 3 2 1 3 2

Dummy

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

TRE1

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 FANU

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

ANC 1

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

TRE2 FANU

TRE1 FANU FANU

Empty space

24 V

24 V Air Inlet STAND

24 V

Figure 33. MBI5 3x1...3 24V DC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 80 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX850 24V [] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX900 24V [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1800 24V [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1900 24V []

Equipment Cabinet Subrack 24V DC Converter 24V DC SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or

Choice

Quantity 1 1 + if (n+p+q)<9: 2 if (n+p+q) = 9: 3

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO5 MBIGSM*OO7 MBIGSM*OO6 G4MOD**OO3 [ or or or or or + or or or G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL

E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

1 n+p+q

or if (n+p+q) v 6: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

3 or If ANC: 12npq

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN Converter 24V DC GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p + q [ or or or or or + G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL MBIGSM*OO6

if (n+n+p+p+q+q) > 6 and no ANC on site: or 3 If ANC added: 12(n+n+p+p+q+q) if (n+p+q)<9 and (n+n + p+p + q+q) = 9 then 1

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 81 / 195

4.26 MBI5 4x1...2 24V DC

Legend Connection Area The BTS has 4 sectors with n, p, q and r TRE TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet S U M A FANU TRE 1 2

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2

ANC 3

ANC 2

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 2

Dummy

Panel

TRE2

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU Empty space.

ANC 4

ANC 1

FANU

FANU

FANU

24 V

24 V Air Inlet STAND

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 34. MBI5 4x1...2 24V DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 82 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or or

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX850 24V [] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX900 24V [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX1800 24V [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX1900 24V []

Equipment Cabinet Subrack 24V DC Converter 24V DC SUMA TRE module or or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or or: or ANB/ANC module or or or or: or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice

Quantity 1 1 + 2

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO5 MBIGSM*OO7 MBIGSM*OO6 G4MOD**OO3 [ or or or or or + or or or G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G850MODOO1 G4MOD**OO1 G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOQ G4MOD1*OOB G4MOD1*OOD G3MOD**OOL

E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800

1 n+p+q+r

3 or 1 or or or 1 or If ANC: 16npqr

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or or GSM 850 GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n + p + q + r [ or or or or or + G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 83 / 195

5 LOW LOSS CONFIGURATIONS GSM 900, 1800, 1900 5.1 MBI3 1x3...4 Low Loss DC or AC

Legend Connection Area ADAM P M 1 2

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

BATS

(Option)

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 2 TRE 3 4

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 2

S U M A Dummy Panel

ANC 1

Both ANC are set to the same sector number.

On each ANC : The two bridges will be removed at installation time. (On site)

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

Figure 35. MBI3 1x3...4 Low Loss DC or AC

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 84 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX900LL [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1800LL [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1900LL [ACBUu]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or: or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800 BU5

Quantity 1 1 1 n [ or or or or + or or 2 or 1

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 MBIGSM*OO2 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4CAB**OO8

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option)

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n [ or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 85 / 195

5.2 MBI5 1x3...8 Low Loss DC or AC

Legend Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE. a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU TRE 1 5 2 6 TRE 3 7 4 8 a b ANC 2

ANC 2

ANC 1

Both ANC are set to the same sector number.

Dummy Panel

In case of 1x3...4: On each ANC : The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them.

TRE4 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

TRE3

TRE2

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

FANU Air Inlet

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

BATS

(Option)

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

FANU

FANU

FANU

BBU

or

STASR

(Option)

STAND

Figure 36. MBI5 1x3...8 Low Loss DC or AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 86 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900LL [E+ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1800LL [E+ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1900LL [ACBUu]

Equipment Cabinet or or SUMA TRE module or or or or ANC module or or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC AC AC with BU90 (Large BBU) E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 + 1 n [ or or or or + or or 8n

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 MBIGSM*OO4 NBV2CABOO6 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8 EXTBAT*OO4

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) or BU5 BU90 1 or

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n [ or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 87 / 195

5.3 MBI5 1x9...12 Low Loss DC or AC


This configuration is the logical extension of the 1x3...8 Low Loss configuration.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 5 2 6

a b ANC 2 TRE 3 7 4 8

ANC 2

TRE4 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

Dummy Panel

TRE12 FANU
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TRE11

TRE10 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE9 FANU

Figure 37. MBI5 1x9...12 Low Loss DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 88 / 195

P M 1 2


BATS
(Option) Dummy Panel TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet P M 1 2 S U M A

ANC 1

a b ANC 3 TRE 9 11 10 12 The 3 ANC are set to the same sector number.

TRE1 FANU

ANC 3

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900LL [E+ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1800LL [E+ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1900LL [ACBUu]

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or or ANC module or or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n [ or or or or + or or 12n

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n [ or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF

(1) 1x9...10 is OK, but 1x11...12 is restricted: +40C. +45C is possible if the power is reduced to 28W at OMCR (Pmax2dB). (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 89 / 195

5.4 MBI5 2x3...6 Low Loss DC

Legend Connection Area TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TRE. Sector 1 : a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 (sector n) ANC 2 (Sector 2) ANC 3 (Sector 1) Sector 2 : a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2 (sector p) a b ANC 4 3 546 (sector r) a b ANC 3 3 546 (sector q)

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

Dummy Panel

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE4

TRE3 FANU

In each sector : Both ANC are set to the same sector number.

FANU Air Inlet

ANC 4 (Sector 2)

S U M A Dummy Panel

ANC 1 (Sector 1)

In case of 2x3...4 : On each ANC : The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them.

Empty space TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 38. MBI5 2x3...6 Low Loss DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 90 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX900LL [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1800LL [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1900LL

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or or ANB/ANC module or or or or ANC module or or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 +

Quantity 1 1 n+p [ or or or or + or or 2 or 1 or or + or or

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD**OO1 G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOQ G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

If no ANB: 16np

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE n + p [ or or or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ](1) G4MOD**OOF

(1) 2x1...5 is OK, but 2x6 is restricted: +40C. +45C is possible if the power is reduced to 28W at OMCR (Pmax2dB). (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 91 / 195

5.5 MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC

Connection Area

Legend The BTS has 3 sectors with respectively 3 TRE: Sector 1 : a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 (sector n) Sector 2 : a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2 (sector p) Sector 3 : a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2 (sector q) a b ANC 6 3 (sector t) a b ANC 5 3 (sector s) a b ANC 4 3 (sector r)

TRE3

TRE2

TRE1

FANU FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 6 (Sector 3)

ANC 3 (Sector 3)

ANC 5 (Sector 2)

Dummy Panel

TRE3

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 2 (Sector 2)

ANC 4 (Sector 1)

ANC 1 (Sector 1)

In each sector : Both ANC are set to the same sector number. The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

Dummy Panel

S U M A

TRE3 TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

Empty space.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 39. MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 92 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module

BTS9100INDMBI53,3,3TRX900LL [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI53,3,3TRX1800LL [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI53,3,3TRX1900LL Choice DC E1 without options or or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 GSM 1800 If no ANB: 3 Quantity 1 1 9 [ or or or or + or or 6 or G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS

ANB/ANC module or or or or 50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 93 / 195

6 HIGH POWER CONFIGURATIONS GSM 900, 1800


High power configurations with AC power supply are not foreseen actually with BU101 integrated in the cabinet.

6.1 MBI3 1x1...3 High Power DC or AC

Legend Connection Area

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


P M 1 2 P M 1 2

ADAM

BATS

The BTS has 1 sector with 1...3 TRE

(Option)

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1

TRE 1 3 2

S U M A Dummy Panel

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

The ANC can be replaced in case of less than 3 TRE

On ANC: The two bridges will be removed at installation time. (On site)

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

TRE3 FANU

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 40. MBI3 1x1...3 High Power DC or AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 94 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX900HP [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX1800HP [E+ACBUuANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 1 n [ or or or + or 1 or 1

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 MBIGSM*OO2 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4CAB**OO8

or if nv 2: GSM 900 or GSM 1800

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 n [ or or or + or G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If ANC added: 4(n+n)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 95 / 195

6.2 MBI3 2x1...2 High Power DC or AC

Legend

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2

Connection Area

BATS

The BTS has 2 sectors with 1 TRE each.

(Option)

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 2

a b ANC 2 2

TRE 1

TRE 1

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A Dummy Panel

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

On each ANC : The two bridges will be removed at installation time. (On site)

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

TRE1 FANU

TRE2

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 41. MBI3 2x1 High Power DC or AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 96 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX900HP [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX1800HP [E+ACBUuANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or or: or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800 BU5

Quantity 1 1 1 n+p [ or or or + or 2 or 1

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 MBIGSM*OO2 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4CAB**OO8

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option)

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p [ or or or + or G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n+p+p) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANCs added: 8(n+n+p+p)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 97 / 195

6.3 MBI3 3x1 High Power DC

Legend Connection Area The BTS has 3 sectors with 1 TRE each TRE1 ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU TRE 1 Sector 1 ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) TRE 1 Sector 2 a b ANC 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A Dummy Panel

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 Sector 3 The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU Empty space

Figure 42. MBI3 3x1...1 High Power DC

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 98 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX900HP [E+ANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 or 3 [ or ] +

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOE G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA G3MOD**OOL

ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 900 GSM 900

3 3 If ANCs: 9

50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 99 / 195

6.4 MBI5 1x1...4 High Power DC or AC

Legend Connection Area The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

a b ANC 1 FANU

TRE4

FANU ADAM P M 1 2

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1

Dummy Panel

TRE3 FANU

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 43. MBI5 1x1...4 High Power DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 100 / 195


BATS
(Option) Dummy Panel

FANU Air Inlet

FANU TRE 1 3 2 4

On site, on the ANC: Bridges can be removed if only 2 TRE connected to the ANC.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900HP [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1800HP [E+ACBUuANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n [ or or or + or 1 or If ANC: 4 n

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

or if n v 2: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 n [ or or or + or G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If ANC added: 4(n+n)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 101 / 195

6.5 MBI5 1x1...8 High Power DC or AC

Legend Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468

ANY 2

ANY 1

ANC 1

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required. Preequipment possible. Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY preequip. the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC.

Dummy

Panel

The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3 TRE

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

BATS

(Option)

FANU

FANU

FANU

BBU

or

STASR

(Option)

STAND

Figure 44. MBI5 1x1...8 High Power DC or AC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 102 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900HP [E+PREACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1800HP [E+PREACBUuANB]

Equipment Cabinet or or SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or

Choice DC AC AC with BU90 (Large BBU) E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 + 1 + 1 n [ or or or + or 1 or 0 2 [ If n v 4 or If n u 4 or if PREeq. +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 MBIGSM*OO4 NBV2CABOO6 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

or if n v 2: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 GSM 1800

4n If ANC and no ANY 8n If ANY BU5 BU90 1 or

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) or G4CAB**OO8 EXTBAT*OO4

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or ANC module or ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800

[ or or or + or [ or +

G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If no ANY on site : 2 If (n+n) u 4 If ANC added: 4(n+n) If 2 ANY added : 8(n+n)

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 103 / 195

6.6 MBI5 2x1...4 High Power DC or AC

Legend Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TRE.

a b ANC 1 FANU

a b ANC 2

TRE4

FANU ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

TRE3 FANU

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 45. MBI5 2x1...4 High Power DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 104 / 195


BATS
(Option) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU Air Inlet

FANU Air Inlet

FANU TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 2 (Sector 2)

On site, on each ANC: The two bridges can be removed if only 2 TRE connected.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

TRE1 FANU Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX900HP [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1800HP [E+ACBUuANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n+p [ or or or + or 2 or if ANC: 8 n p

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

or if (n+p) v 4: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p [ or or or + or G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n+p+p)>4 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 105 / 195

6.7 MBI5 3x1...3 High Power DC or AC

Connection Area TRE3 TRE2 TRE3

Legend The BTS has 3 sectors with respectively n, p and q TRE.

FANU

ANC 3 (Sector 3)

TRE1 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

TRE3 FANU

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 46. MBI5 3x1...3 High Power DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 106 / 195


BATS
(Option) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU Air Inlet

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 nc 1 3 2

a b ANC 2 nc 1 3 2

a b ANC 3 nc 1 3 2

ANC 2 (Sector 2)

Case of 3x1...2 : On each ANC : The two bridges will be removed at installation time. (On site) One HP TRE transmitting per antenna.

TRE1 FANU

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX900HP [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1800HP [E+ACBUuANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n+p+q [ or or or + or 3 or if ANC: 12 n p q

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

or if (n+p+q) v 6: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 n + p + q [ or or or + or G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n+p+p+q+q)>6 and no ANC on site: 3 If ANC added: 12(n+n+p+p+q+q)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 107 / 195

6.8 MBI5 3x4 High Power DC

Connection Area Temperature limitation to 40 degrees C! TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 For higher temperatures split to two cabinets (see next chapter)

Legend FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU The BTS has 3 sectors with respectively 4 TRE

ANC 3 (Sector 3)

BATS

(Option)

ANC 2 (Sector 2)

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 2

a b ANC 3

Dummy Panel

1 3 2 4

1 3 2 4

1 3 2 4

Empty space TRE2 FANU ADAM P M 1 2 TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 47. MBI5 3x4 High Power DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 108 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI54,4,4TRX900HP [E+] BTS9100INDMBI54,4,4TRX1800HP [E+]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 12 [ or or or + or

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

6.9 3x4 High power for high temperatures


As the 3x4 High power cannot be realised within a single cabinet for ambient temperatures higher than +40C, for these cases two cabinets should be used: Cabinet 1: MBI5 2x4 HP, Cabinet 2: MBI5 1x4 HP. For the configurations descriptions, the reader will refer to chapters 6.6 (MBI5 2x1...4 HP) and 6.4 (MBI5 1x1...4 HP).

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 109 / 195

6.10 MBI5 4x1...2 High Power DC

Connection Area TRE1 TRE1

Legend

The BTS has 4 sectors with n, p, q and r TRE

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 2

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE2 TRE2 TRE2 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

Empty space.

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

110 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,q,rTRX900HP [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1800HP [E+ANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or or or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900 GSM 1800

Quantity 1 1 n+p+q+r [ or or or + or 4 or if ANC: 16 n p q r

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ n + p + q + r [ or or or + G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 111 / 195

6.11 3x6 High power


The configuration 3x1...6 High power is based on two cabinets: Cabinet 1: 1x6 TRX + 1x3 TRX Cabinet 2: 1x6 TRX + 1x3 TRX B6.2: 2x3 TRX B7.2: 1x6 TRX

1x6 TRX

1x6 TRX

b ANC nc

b ANC nc

b ANC nc

b ANC nc

b ANC nc

b ANC nc

Cabinet 1

Cabinet 2

Figure 48. 3x1...6 HP site configuration The configuration will be ordered and manufactured as 2 x [E+3x1...3] HP configuration. For that purpose the reader will refer to chapter 6.7.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 112 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

6.12 MBI5 2x1...2 High Power TRDH AC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Connection Area

Legend The BTS has two sectors with respectiviliy n and p TRE

a b ANC 1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU 1 2

a b ANC 2

BATS
(Option)

ANC 2 (Sector 2) On each ANC : The two bridges will be removed at installation time. (On site) One HP TRE transmitting per antenna.

Dummy Panel

Empty space TRE2 FANU ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU

Dummy Panel

TRE2 FANU FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 49. MBI5 2x1...2 High Power TRDH AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 113 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX1800HPAC [BUu]

Cabinet SUMA TRE module ANC module 50 Ohms load for AN Battery Backup Unit (Option)

AC E1 without options GSM 1800 GSM 1800 BU5

1 + 1 n+p + 2 8np 1

MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOJ G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 1800 n + p or G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOE

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 114 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment

Choice

Quantity

TDR

6.13 MBI5 3x2 High Power TRDH AC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Connection Area

Legend The BTS has 3 sectors with respectivily n, p and q TRE

TRE2

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 2

a b ANC 3

1 ANC 3 (Sector 3)

BATS
(Option)

ANC 2 (Sector 2) On each ANC : The two bridges will be removed at installation time. (On site) One HP TRE transmitting per antenna.

Dummy Panel

Empty space TRE2 FANU ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU

Dummy Panel

TRE2 FANU FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 50. MBI5 3x2 High Power TRDH AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 115 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,p,qTRX1800HPAC [BUu]

Cabinet SUMA TRE module ANC module 50 Ohms load for AN Battery Backup Unit (Option)

AC E1 without options GSM 1800 GSM 1800 BU5

1 + 1 n+p+q + 3 12npq 1

MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOJ G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO7 G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 1800 n + p + q or G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOE

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 116 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment

Choice

Quantity

TDR

6.14 MBI5 1x1...8 High Power 24V DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

Legend The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE. a b ANC 1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7

ANY 2 2 468

S U M A

ANY 2

ANY 1

ANC 1

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required. Preequipment possible. Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY preequip. the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC.

Dummy Panel

The ANC can be replaced by the ANB in case of less than 3 TRE TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU Empty space

24V

24V Air Inlet STAND

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 51. MBI5 1x1...8 High Power 24V DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 117 / 195

MNEMONICS : or

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900HP24V [E+PREANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX1800HP24V [E+PREANB]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet Subrack 24V DC Converter 24V DC SUMA TRE module or or or ANB/ANC module or

Choice DC

Quantity 1 1 + 2

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO5 MBIGSM*OO7 MBIGSM*OO6 G4MOD**OO3 [ or or or + or G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

1 n

1 1 or 0 2 [ If n v 4 or If n u 4 or if PREeq. +

or if n v 2: GSM 900 or GSM 1800 ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 GSM 1800

4n If ANC and no ANY 8n If ANY

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or or ANC module or ANY module or or or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 n [ or or or + or [ or + G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOI G4MOD1*OOJ ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If no ANY on site : 2 If (n+n) u 4

If ANC added: 4(n+n) If 2 ANY added : 8(n+n)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 118 / 195

7 EXTENDED CELL CONFIGURATION GSM 900


Extended cell configurations are based either on RX TMA use as shown in Figure 52.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

By principle, extended cell configurations can be used for all configurations, where the required hardware fits into the racks. The configurations on next pages are examples only. For more information the reader will refer to document [12].

INNER CELL

OUTER CELL

TMA DC

TMA

Bias Tee PDU 1 A ANC Sector 2 TRE 2 TRE 4 TRE 1 TRE 3 B DC Bias Tee A ANC Sector 1 TRE 2 TRE 4 TRE 1 TRE 3 Figure 52. Extended Cell configuration B

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 119 / 195

Legend Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TRE : n TRE in the INNER cell, p TRE in the OUTER cell.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

INNER cell : FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU a b ANC 1 ANC 2 OUTER CELL ( Sector 2 ) TRE 1 3 2 4 OUTER cell : a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4

TRE4

FANU ADAM P M 1 2

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

MNEMONICS :

ED

P M 1 2

FANU

BBU

(Option)

Figure 53. MBI5 Extended Cell configuration based on RX TMA BTS9100INDMBI5n,pTRX900EXCTMA [E+ACBUu]

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 120 / 195


BATS
(Option) Dummy Panel TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet P M 1 2 S U M A FANU

TRE1

FANU

ANC 1 INNER CELL ( Sector 1 ) FANU

Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space

or

STASR

STAND

Equipment Cabinet
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Choice DC or or AC AC with BU90 (Large BBU) E1 without options GSM 900 GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 + 1 n+p + 2 8np

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 MBIGSM*OO4 NBV2CABOO6 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8 EXTBAT*OO4

SUMA TRE module ANC module 50 Ohms load for AN

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) or BU5 BU90 1 or

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module GSM 900 n + p + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOF

The RX TMA items (TMA, PDU, cables, ...) are not listed in the previous ordering table. For that purpose the reader will refer to document [3].

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 121 / 195

8 MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 AND 850/1900


Note: In the present chapter, following abbreviations are currently used: MBD for Multiband BTS (900/1800, 900/1900 or 850/1900) MBC for Multiband Cell (900/1800).

8.1 MBI3 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC DC

Legend Connection Area

TRE4

TRE3

TRE4

TRE3

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 1 Multiband Cell :

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 Sector 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

The BTS has only 1 sector with : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

FANU Air Inlet STAND

Figure 54. MBI3 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC DC

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 122 / 195

TRE2 FANU

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1 FANU

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX900/pTRX1800MBD [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX900/pTRX1900MBD BTS9100INDMBI3nTRX900/pTRX1800MBC [E+ANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 GSM 900 or if n v 2: GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 n [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

1 1 1 or 1

ANB/ANC module or

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOC

or if p v 2: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

if ANC: 8 n p

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module or or ANC module GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 GSM 900 n [ or + [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 123 / 195

8.2 MBI3 2x1...2/1x1...2 MBD DC

Legend TRE2 TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A Dummy Panel

TRE2 FANU

TRE1

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 55. MBI3 2x1...2/1x1...2 DC

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 124 / 195


ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) FANU ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Connection Area

The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE. a b ANC 1 TRE 1 2 Sector 1 a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2 Sector 2

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2 Sector 3

GSM 1900 Empty space

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI3n,pTRX850/qTRX1900MBD

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module TRE module ANC module ANC module 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 1900 GSM 850 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 n+p + q + 1 1 12 n p q

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOR G4MOD**OOF G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OOS G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module TRE module GSM 850 GSM 1900 n + p + q + G850MODOOA G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOR G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 125 / 195

8.3 MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC DC or AC

Legend Connection Area TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3 Multiband BTS : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE. a b ANC 1 ANY 1 24 5 6 TRE 1 3 a b ANC 2 ANY 2 24 5 6

FANU

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2

FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 56. MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 126 / 195


S U M A

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

BATS

(Option)

ANY 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

TRE 1 3

Dummy Panel TRE5

In each sector : If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY is required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC. Multiband Cell : The BTS has only 1 sector with : p TRE in GSM 900 band, n TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number.

TRE6

TRE2

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

ANY 1

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Dummy Panel

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space Modules present only in AC configuration

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS: BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900/nTRX1800MBD [E+PRE66ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900/nTRX1900MBD [PRE66ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900/nTRX1800MBC [E+PRE66ACBUuANB]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 or if n v 2: GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 p [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

1 1 1 or 1

ANB/ANC module or

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD **OOS G4MOD1*OOC

or if p v 2: GSM 1800 ANY module ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 1 1

if (pu4) or if PREeq. + [ if (nu4) or if PREeq. or +

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

If ANC: Sector 1 : 4n if no ANY 6n if ANY + Sector 2 : 4p if no ANY 6p if ANY BU5 1

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE

[ or + [ or or +

G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOK G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF

or or

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 127 / 195

ANC module

GSM 900

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If no ANY in sector 2 : + 1 if ( p+p) u 4 If no ANY in sector 1 : [ or 1 if ( n+n) u 4 + Sector 1 : 4nn if ANC add. + Sector 2 : 4pp if ANC add. + Sector 1 : 8nn if ANY add. + Sector 2 : 8pp if ANY add.

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

ANY module ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN

GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF G4MOD1*OOJ G4MOD**OOQ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 128 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

8.4 MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC DC or AC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 Multiband BTS : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE. FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU a b ANC 1 1 3 2 4 ANY 1 ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 2 ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468

ANY 2

TRE4 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

P M 1 2

TRE4 FANU

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 129 / 195


BATS
(Option) TRE3 P M 1 2 TRE3

Dummy

Panel

In sector 2: If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY is required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC. Multiband Cell : The BTS has only 1 sector with : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

TRE2

FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space Modules present only in AC configuration

Dummy Panel

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 57. MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC DC or AC

MNEMONICS: BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900/pTRX1800MBD [E+PRE84ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900/pTRX1900MBD [PRE84ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900/pTRX1800MBC [E+PRE84ACBUuANB]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 or if n v 2: GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

1 1 1 or 1

ANB/ANC module or

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOC

or if p v 2: GSM 1800 ANY module GSM 900

If PREequipment : 2 else : 1 if 4<n<=6 2 if n u 6 If ANC: Sector 1 : 4n if no ANY 8n if ANY + Sector 2 : 4p

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module or or
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900

[ or + [ or or +

G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

ANC module

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 130 / 195

ANC module

GSM 1800

if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If no ANY in sector 1 : + 2 if ( n+n) u 4 If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p) + Sector 1 : 8nn if ANY add.

G4MOD**OO7

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

ANY module 50 Ohms load for AN

GSM 900

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 131 / 195

8.5 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC DC or AC

Legend Connection Area

TRE8

TRE7

TRE6

TRE5

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE. a b ANC 1 1 3 2 4 a b ANC 2 ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANY 2

BATS

(Option)

ANY 1

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

Dummy

Panel

In sector 1: If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY is required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC. Multiband Cell : The BTS has only 1 sector with : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number.

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2

FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Dummy Panel

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space Modules present only in AC configuration

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 58. MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 132 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS: BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900/nTRX1800MBD [E+PRE48ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900/nTRX1900MBD [PRE48ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900/nTRX1800MBC [E+PRE48ACBUuANB]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANC module ANC module or ANB/ANC module

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 900 or if n v 2: GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 p [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 or G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

1 1 1 1 1 or 1

ANB/ANC module or

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOC

or if p v 2: GSM 1800 ANY module or GSM 1800 GSM 1900

If PREequipment : 2 else : 1 if 4<n<=6 2 if n u 6 If ANC: Sector 1 : 4n if no ANY 8n if ANY + Sector 2 : 4p

[ or +

G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

[ or +

G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 133 / 195

TRE module or or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If no ANY in sector 1 : [ or 2 if ( n+n) u 4 + If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p) + Sector 1 : 8nn if ANY add.

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

ANY module or 50 Ohms load for AN

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD1*OOJ G3MOD**OOQ] 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 134 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

[ or or +

G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF

8.6 MBI5 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD DC or AC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area

TRE6 FANU

TRE5

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 59. MBI5 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 135 / 195


TRE4 TRE3 TRE8 FANU FANU Air Inlet ANC 3 ( Sector 2 )

TRE7

The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TRE. The configuration is based on 1x3...8 Low Loss configuration extended with a 1x4 sector.

FANU a b ANC 1 ANC 2 ( Sector 1 ) TRE 1 5 2 6 TRE 3 7 4 8 ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. In case of 1x3...4 LL/1x1...4 : On ANC1 and ANC2 : The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them. a b ANC 2

BATS

(Option)

Dummy Panel

TRE2

TRE1

TRE4

TRE3 FANU

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

ADAM P M 1 2

a b ANC 3 ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) TRE 1 3 24

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

Dummy Panel

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space Modules present only in AC configuration

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900LL/pTRX1800MBD [E+ACBUu] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900LL/pTRX1900MBD [ACBUu]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANC module ANC module or 50 Ohms load for AN

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 or G4MOD**OO7 H4MOD**OOS G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

2 1 12np

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option) BU5 1

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module or or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 n [ or + [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR] G4MOD**OOF

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 136 / 195

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10


8.7 MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD DC or AC
P M 1 2 ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) TRE4 FANU TRE4 TRE2 FANU ADAM FANU P M 1 2 TRE3 TRE3 TRE1 Dummy Panel Dummy Panel Connection Area P M 1 2 (Option)

ED

08

Figure 60. MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD DC or AC

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

BATS

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

FANU Air Inlet

FANU Air Inlet

S U M A

TRE2

TRE4

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

FANU

FANU

TRE1 FANU

TRE1

TRE3

TRE 1 3 2 4

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA Multiband BTS : a b ANC 1 The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE. Modules present only in AC configuration Empty space GSM 1800/1900 a b ANC 2 Legend 1 3 2 4 a b ANC 3 1 3 2 4

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

195 137 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900/p,qTRX1800MBD [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900/p,qTRX1900MBD [ACBUu]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 or if n v 2: GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 n [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

p+q

1 1 2 or 2

ANB/ANC module or

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOC

or if p+q v 4: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

If ANC: 12 n p q BU5 1

G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option)

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module or or ANC module GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 n [ or + [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

p + q

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (p+p+q+q) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANC added: 12(n+n+p+p+q+q)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 138 / 195

8.8 MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD DC or AC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area

ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 61. MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD DC or AC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 139 / 195


TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE. a b ANC 1 a b ANC 2 a b ANC 3

BATS

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

(Option)

TRE 1 3 2 4

1 3 2 4

1 3 2 4

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

TRE2

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space Modules present only in AC configuration

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5p,qTRX900/nTRX1800MBD [E+ACBUuANB] BTS9100INDMBI5p,qTRX900/nTRX1900MBD [ACBUu]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or SUMA

Choice DC AC E1 without options GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 + 1 p+q + p+q [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module

GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900

2 2 1 1

or if p+q v 4: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module or GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOC

or if n v 2: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

12 n p q BU5 1

G3MOD**OOL G4CAB**OO8

+ In case of AC variant :
Battery Backup Unit (Option)

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module or or ANC module GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 p+q [ or + [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

if (p+p+q+q) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 if n > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If ANC added: 12(n+n+p+p+q+q)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 140 / 195

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

ED
08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 141 / 195

195

8.9 MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD DC

Legend Connection Area

TRE4

TRE3

TRE4

TRE3

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel

a b ANC 3

a b ANC 4 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1

TRE2

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

ANC 4 ( Sector 4 )

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space.

TRE2 FANU

TRE1

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 62. MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 142 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900/q,n,rTRX1800MBD [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900/q,n,rTRX1900MBD

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 or if p v 2: GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 p [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO1 G4MOD1*OOB

n+q+r

1 1 3 or 3

ANB/ANC module or

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS G4MOD1*OOC

or if q v 2: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

If ANC: 16 n p q r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module or or ANC module GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 p [ or + [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

n + q + r

if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (q+q) > 2 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANC added: 16(n+n+q+q+r+r)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 143 / 195

8.10 MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD DC

Legend Connection Area

TRE4

TRE3

TRE4

TRE3

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel

a b ANC 3

a b ANC 4 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1

TRE2

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

ANC 4 ( Sector 4 )

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space.

TRE2 FANU

TRE1

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 63. MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 144 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5q,n,rTRX900/pTRX1800MBD [E+ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5q,n,rTRX900/pTRX1900MBD

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 or if (q+n+r) v 6: GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 n+q+r [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

3 3 1 or 1

ANB/ANC module or

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOQ G4MOD1*OOD

or if p v 2: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

If ANC: 16 (n+p+q+r)

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module or or ANC module GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 n + q + r [ or + [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

if (q+q+n+n+r+r) > 6 and no ANCs on site: 3 if (p+p) > 2 and no ANCs on site: 1 If ANCs added: 16 (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 145 / 195

8.11 MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC DC


For ordering rules, refer to section 8.13.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU a b ANC 1 ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 3 Dummy Panel TRE 1 2 TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2

TRE 1 3 2 4

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2 : q TRE in GSM 1800 band, r TRE in GSM 900 band. ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space.

Figure 64. MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

146 / 195

8.12 MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC DC


For ordering rules, refer to section 8.13.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU a b ANC 1 2 TRE 1 ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 3 Dummy Panel TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 2

TRE 1 3 2 4

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2 : q TRE in GSM 1800 band, r TRE in GSM 900 band. ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800/1900 Empty space.

Figure 65. MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

147 / 195

8.13 MBI5 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC DC

Legend Connection Area

TRE2

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 : n TRE in GSM 900 band, q TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC3 are set to the same sector number.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 3 ( Sector 1 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2

TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel

TRE4

TRE3

Sector 2 : p TRE in GSM 1800 band. r TRE in GSM 900 band. ANC2 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.

FANU

TRE4 FANU Air Inlet

TRE3 FANU FANU

a b ANC 2

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 4 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800 Empty space.

TRE2 FANU

TRE1

TRE2

FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 66. MBI5 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 148 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1800MBD [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1900MBD BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1800MBC [E+]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 or if (n +r) v 4: GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 n+r [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

p+q

2 2 1 1 1 1 If ANC: 16 n p q r [ + + +

ANB/ANC module or

GSM 1800 GSM 1900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS] G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD1*OOD G3MOD**OOL

or if (p+q) v 4: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or TRE module or or ANC module GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 n + r [ or + [ or or + G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

p + q

if (n+n+r+r) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 if (p+p+q+q) > 4 and no ANC on site: 1 + 1 If ANC added: 16 (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 149 / 195

8.14 MBI5 3x1/3x1...2 MBD or 3x(1/...2) MBC DC

Legend Connection Area TRE2 TRE2 TRE1 Multiband BTS : The BTS has 6 sectors with respectively one or two TRE

a b sector s ANC 1 TRE 1

a b ANC 2 sector r TRE 1 a b ANC 4 sector n TRE 1 2 a b ANC 6 sector t TRE 1 2

FANU FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 6 (Sector 6)

ANC 5 (Sector 5)

ANC 4 (Sector 4)

a b sector p ANC 3 TRE 1

Dummy Panel

a b sector q ANC 5 TRE 1 2

TRE1

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 3 sectors with each 1 TRE in GSM900 band and n, q, t TRE in GSM1800 band Sector 1: ANC1 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2: ANC2 and ANC5 are set to the same sector number. Sector 3: ANC3 and ANC6 are set to the same sector number.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 3 (Sector 3)

ANC 2 (Sector 2)

ANC 1 (Sector 1)

Dummy Panel

S U M A

TRE1

TRE1

TRE1

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also GSM 1800 Empty space.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 67. MBI5 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 150 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI51,1,1TRX900/n,q,tTRX1800MBD DC [E+] BTS9100INDMBI51,1,1TRX900/n,q,tTRX1900MBD DC BTS9100INDMBI51,1,1TRX900/n,q,tTRX1800MBC DC [E+]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module or:

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 3 [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

n+q+t

3 3

ANB/ANC module or or:

GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 1800

3 or 3 If ANC: 21 n q t

G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOQ G4MOD**OOD G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or or ANC module 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 1800 n + q + t [ or or + + 6 G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 151 / 195

8.15 MBI5 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(2/1) MBC DC

Legend Connection Area Multiband BTS : TRE1 The BTS has 6 sectors with respectively one or two TRE a b sector s ANC 1 TRE 1 a b sector p ANC 3 TRE 1 a b sector q ANC 5 TRE 1 2 a b ANC 2 sector r TRE 1 a b ANC 4 sector n TRE 1 2 a b ANC 6 sector t TRE 1 2

TRE2

TRE2

FANU FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 6 (Sector 6)

ANC 5 (Sector 5)

ANC 4 (Sector 4)

Dummy Panel

TRE1

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 3 sectors with each n, q, t TRE in GSM900 band and 1 TRE in GSM1800 band Sector 1: ANC1 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2: ANC2 and ANC5 are set to the same sector number. Sector 3: ANC3 and ANC6 are set to the same sector number. The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 3 (Sector 3)

ANC 2 (Sector 2)

ANC 1 (Sector 1)

Dummy Panel

S U M A

TRE1

TRE1

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

FANU

GSM 900 Empty space.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 68. MBI5 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 152 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI5n,q,tTRX900/1,1,1TRX1800MBD DC [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5n,q,tTRX900/1,1,1TRX1900MBD DC BTS9100INDMBI5n,q,tTRX900/1,1,1TRX1800MBC DC [E+]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or TRE module or or ANB/ANC module or:

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 1900 EDGE GSM 900 GSM 900

Quantity 1 1 n+q+t [ or + [ or or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOB G4MOD**OOL G4MOD**OOR ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

3 3

ANB/ANC module or or:

GSM 1800 GSM 1900 GSM 1800

3 or 3 If ANC: 21 n q t

G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOQ G4MOD**OOD G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or ANC module 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ GSM 900 n + q + t [ or + + 6 G4MOD**OOA G4MOD**OOK ] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 153 / 195

9 HIGH POWER MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS 9.1 MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC DC
Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

Legend Multiband BTS : FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE. a b ANC 1 ANY 1 a b ANC 2 ANY 2 TRE 1 3 24 5 6

S U M A

ANY 2

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE6 TRE5 TRE 1 3 TRE2 FANU FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 ANY 1 ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Dummy Panel

24 5 6

In each sector : If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY is required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC.

Multiband Cell : The BTS has only 1 sector with : p TRE in GSM 900 band, n TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800 Empty space

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

154 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Figure 69. MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC DC MNEMONICS: BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900HP/nTRX1800HPMBD [E+PRE66ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900HP/nTRX1800HPMBC [E+PRE66ANB]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 p

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

1 1 1 1

or if n v 2: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 or if p v 2: GSM 1800 ANY module ANY module 50 Ohms load for AN GSM 900 GSM 1800 1 1

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOC

if (pu4) or if PREeq. + if (nu4) or if PREeq. +

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF G4MOD1*OOJ 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

If ANC: Sector 1 : 4n if no ANY 8n if ANY + Sector 2 : 4p if no ANY 8p if ANY

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ p [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 155 / 195

ANY module ANY module 50 Ohms load for AN

GSM 900 GSM 1800

If no ANY in sector 2 : + 1 if ( p+p) u 4 If no ANY in sector 1 : + 1 if ( n+n) u 4 Sector 1 : 4nn if ANC add. + Sector 2 : 4pp if ANC add. + Sector 1 : 8nn if ANY add. + Sector 2 : 8pp if ANY add.

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

G4MOD1*OJ 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 156 / 195

9.2 MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

Legend FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU Multiband BTS : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE. ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 1 1 3 2 4 a b ANC 2 ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468

ANY 2

TRE4 FANU ADAM P M 1 2

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

P M 1 2

TRE4 FANU

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 157 / 195


BATS
(Option) TRE3 P M 1 2 TRE3

ANY 1

Dummy

Panel

In sector 2: If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY is required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC. TRE2 FANU Air Inlet TRE1 FANU Multiband Cell : The BTS has only 1 sector with : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number.

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800 Empty space

TRE2

FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 70. MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC DC

MNEMONICS: BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900HP/pTRX1800MBDHP [E+PRE84ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900HP/pTRX1800MBCHP [E+PRE84ANB]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 n

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

1 1 1 1

or if n v 2: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 or if p v 2: GSM 1800 ANY module GSM 900

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOC

If PREequipment : 2 else : 1 if 4<n<=6 2 if n u 6 If ANC: Sector 1 : 4n if no ANY 8n if ANY + Sector 2 : 4p

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ n [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 158 / 195

ANY module 50 Ohms load for AN

GSM 900

If no ANY in sector 1 : + 2 if ( n+n) u 4 If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p) + Sector 1 : 8nn if ANY add.

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)

9.3 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC DC

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 159 / 195

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

MNEMONICS: BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900HP/nTRX1800MBDHP [PRE48ANB] BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900HP/nTRX1800MBCHP [PRE48ANB]

ED


FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANY 2

Legend

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE. a b ANC 2 ANY 1 TRE 1 3 5 7 ANY 2 2 468

BATS

(Option)

ANY 1

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

a b ANC 1

1 3 2 4

Dummy

Panel

In sector 1: If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY is required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled on ANC.

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2

FANU Air Inlet

TRE1 FANU

Multiband Cell : The BTS has only 1 sector with : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number.

ADAM P M 1 2

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800 Empty space

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2

FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 71. MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC DC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 160 / 195

Equipment Cabinet
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Choice DC E1 without options or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 p

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

SUMA TRE module

TRE module or ANC module ANC module ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900

1 1 1 1 1 1

or if n v 2: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 or if p v 2: GSM 1800 ANY module GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOC

If PREequipment : 2 else : 1 if 4<n<=6 2 if n u 6 If ANC: Sector 1 : 4n if no ANY 8n if ANY + Sector 2 : 4p

G4MOD1*OOI 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ p [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOJ 2 x G4MOD**OOF G3MOD**OOL

TRE module or ANC module ANC module ANY module 50 Ohms load for AN
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1800

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If no ANY in sector 1 : + 2 if ( n+n) u 4 If ANC added: 8(n+n+p+p) + Sector 1 : 8nn if ANY add.

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 161 / 195

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED 9.4 MBI5 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 HP MBD DC

08

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

195

162 / 195

Temperature restriction: Connection Area


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C TRE7

TRE6 FANU

TRE5

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 72. MBI5 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD DC


1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900LL/pTRX1800MBD [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900LL/pTRX1900MBD

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 163 / 195


TRE4 TRE3 FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 2 ) TRE2 TRE1 FANU ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2

TRE8

Legend The BTS has 2 sectors with respectively n and p TRE. The configuration is based on 1x3...8 Low Loss configuration extended with a 1x4 sector.

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 2 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 2

TRE 1 5 2 6 TRE 3 7 4 8 ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. TRE4 TRE3 FANU In case of 1x3...4 LL/1x1...4 : On ANC1 and ANC2 : The two bridges will be removed at installation time (On site), if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them.

FANU Air Inlet

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) a b ANC 3 TRE 1 3 24 GSM 1800 Empty space

Dummy Panel

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 n

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 or G4MOD**OO7 H4MOD**OOS G3MOD**OOL
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

G4MOD**OO3

TRE module or ANC module ANC module 50 Ohms load for AN

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800

2 1 12np

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ n [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF

TRE module or

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 164 / 195

9.5 MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) Dummy Panel a b ANC 1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 1 3 2 4 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ADAM P M 1 2 P M 1 2 P M 1 2 S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE4 FANU TRE3 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Legend

Multiband BTS :

The BTS has 3 sectors TRE Sector 1 with n TRE, : Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE. a b ANC 2 a b ANC 3

1 3 2 4

1 3 2 4

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800 Empty space

Figure 73. MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

165 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5nTRX900HP/p,qTRX1800MBDHP [E+ANB]

Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

1 1 n

MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

p+q

1 1 2 2

or if n v 2: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 or if p+q v 4: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOC

If ANC: 12 n p q

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ n [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

p + q

if (n+n) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (p+p+q+q) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANC added: 12(n+n+p+p+q+q)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 166 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment

Choice

Quantity

TDR

9.6 MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

Legend

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 3 sectors : Sector 1 with n TRE, Sector 2 with p TRE, Sector 3 with q TRE. a b ANC 2 a b ANC 3

BATS

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

(Option)

Dummy Panel

a b ANC 1

TRE 1 3 2 4

1 3 2 4

1 3 2 4

TRE2

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ADAM P M 1 2

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

GSM 1800 Empty space

TRE4 FANU

TRE3

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

Figure 74. MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD DC

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 167 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5p,qTRX900HP/nTRX1800MBDHP [E+ANB]

Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

1 1 p+q

MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANC module ANC module ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 900

2 1 2 2 1 1

or if p+q v 4: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 or if n v 2: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOC

12 n p q

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ p + q [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

if (p+p+q+q) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 if n > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 If ANC added: 12(n+n+p+p+q+q)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 168 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment

Choice

Quantity

TDR

9.7 MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Legend

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4

TRE 1 2

a b ANC 3

a b ANC 4 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800 Empty space.

Figure 75. MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

169 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5pTRX900HP/q,n,rTRX1800MBDHP [E+ANB]

Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

1 1 p

MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO1 G4MOD1*OOB

TRE module or ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

n+q+r

1 1 3 3

or if p v 2: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 or if q v 2: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD1*OOC

If ANC: 16 n p q r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ p [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

n + q + r

if (p+p) > 2 and no ANC on site: 1 if (q+q) > 2 and no ANC on site: 2 If ANC added: 16(n+n+q+q+r+r)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 170 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment

Choice

Quantity

TDR

9.8 MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) Dummy Panel TRE 1 2 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU Figure 76. MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD DC 08

Legend

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4

a b ANC 3

a b ANC 4 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800 Empty space.

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

171 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5q,n,rTRX900HP/pTRX1800HPMBD [E+ANB]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 n+q+r

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

3 3 1 1

or if (q+n+r) v 6: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 or if p v 2: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN

G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD1*OOD

If ANC: 16 (n+p+q+r)

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

if (q+q+n+n+r+r) > 6 and no ANCs on site: 3 if (p+p) > 2 and no ANCs on site: 1 If ANCs added: 16 (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 172 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

9.9 MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC DC


For ordering rules, refer to section 9.11.
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C Legend

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 Dummy Panel TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2 : q TRE in GSM 1800 band, r TRE in GSM 900 band. ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector GSM 1800 Empty space.

Figure 77. MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

173 / 195

9.10 MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC DC


For ordering rules, refer to section 9.11. Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) TRE 1 2 Dummy Panel TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Legend

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4

a b ANC 3

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 2

TRE 1 3 2 4

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2 : q TRE in GSM 1800 band, r TRE in GSM 900 band. ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800 Empty space.

Figure 78. MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

174 / 195

9.11 MBI5 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 Dummy Panel a b ANC 3 TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 TRE 1 3 2 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel TRE2 FANU TRE1 TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Legend

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2

a b ANC 4 2 TRE 1 3 2

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2 : q TRE in GSM 1800 band, r TRE in GSM 900 band. ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector GSM 1800 Empty space.

Figure 79. MBI5 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

175 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900HP/p,qTRX1800HPMBD [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900HP/p,qTRX1800HPMBC [E+]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 n+r

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

p+q

1 2 1 1 1 1 If ANC: 16 n p q r

or if (n +r) v 4: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 + or if (p+q) v 4: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN +

+ +

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD**OOD G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ n + r [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

p + r

if (n+n+r+r) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 if (p+p+q+q) > 4 and no ANC on site: 1 + 1 If ANC added: 16 (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 176 / 195

9.12 MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC 24V DC

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Legend Connection Area

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED


TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU a b ANC 1 2 TRE 1 ANC 3 ( Sector 3 ) ANC 2 ( Sector 2 ) a b ANC 3 2 Dummy Panel TRE 1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE1 FANU FANU Air Inlet FANU ANC 4 ( Sector 4 ) S U M A ANC 1 ( Sector 1 ) Dummy Panel 24V 24V 24V FANU TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND TRE1 FANU 08

Multiband BTS : The BTS has 4 sectors with respectively n, p, q and r TRE.

a b ANC 2 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 4 2 TRE 1 2

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 : n TRE in GSM 900 band, p TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2 : q TRE in GSM 1800 band, r TRE in GSM 900 band. ANC3 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

GSM 1800 Empty space.

Figure 80. MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC 24V DC

3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195

177 / 195

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900HP/p,qTRX1800HPMBD 24V [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900HP/p,qTRX1800HPMBC 24V [E+]


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet Converter 24V SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 3 1 n+r [ or ] + [ or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 900

p+q

2 2

ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 1800 + GSM 1800 +

1 1 1 1 If ANC: 16 n p q r

+ +

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD**OOD G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module TRE module TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ n + r + p + q + n + r [ or ] + [ or + G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

p + r

if (n+n+r+r) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 if (p+p+q+q) > 4 and no ANC on site: 1 + 1 If ANC added: 16 (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OOL

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

50 Ohms load for AN

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 178 / 195

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

ED
08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 179 / 195

195

9.13 MBI5 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC DC

Temperature restriction: Connection Area TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) limitation to +40 degrees C

Legend

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 2 sectors : Sector 1 : n TRE in GSM 900 band, q TRE in GSM 1800 band. ANC1 and ANC3 are set to the same sector number.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 3 ( Sector 1 )

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

Dummy Panel

TRE4

TRE3

a b ANC 1

a b ANC 3 TRE 1 2

TRE 1 2

TRE4

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

TRE3 FANU FANU

Sector 2 : p TRE in GSM 1800 band. r TRE in GSM 900 band. ANC2 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number.

ANC 4 ( Sector 2 )

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

a b ANC 2

a b ANC 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

Dummy Panel

TRE 1 3 2 4

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs in case of less than 3 TRE per sector

TRE2 FANU

TRE1

TRE2 FANU Air Inlet STAND

TRE1 FANU

GSM 1800 Empty space.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 81. MBI5 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 180 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900HP/p,qTRX1800HPMBD [E+] BTS9100INDMBI5n,rTRX900HP/p,qTRX1800HPMBC [E+]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 n+r

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

p+q

1 2 1 1 1 1 If ANC: 16 n p q r

or if (n +r) v 4: GSM 900 ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 + or if (p+q) v 4: GSM 1800 50 Ohms load for AN +

+ +

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD1*OOC G4MOD**OOD G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :
TRE module or GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+ n + r [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6

TRE module or ANC module

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900

p + q

if (n+n+r+r) > 4 and no ANC on site: 2 if (p+p+q+q) > 4 and no ANC on site: 1 + 1 If ANC added: 16 (n+n+p+p+q+q+r+r)

ANC module

GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OO2 G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40C . (Refer to 2.4)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 181 / 195

9.14 MBI5 3x1/3x1HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC

Legend Connection Area Multiband BTS : ANC 62 ANC The BTS has 6 sectors with respectively one TRE

TRE1

TRE1

a b sector n ANC 1 TRE 1 a b sector p ANC 2 TRE 1 a b sector r ANC 4 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 3 sector q TRE 1 a b ANC 5 sector s TRE 1 2 a b ANC 6 sector t TRE 1 2

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 4

ANC 5

Dummy Panel

TRE1 2 ANC

TRE1

TRE1

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 3 sectors with each one TRE in GSM 900 band and in GSM1800 band Sector 1: ANC1 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2: ANC2 and ANC5 are set to the same sector number. Sector 3: ANC3 and ANC6 are set to the same sector number.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 3

S U M A

ANC 1

Dummy Panel

TRE1

TRE1

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 82. MBI5 3x1/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 182 / 195

FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

FANU

GSM 1800 Empty space.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI51,1,1TRX900HP/1,1,1TRX1800HPMBD DC [E+] BTS9100INDMBI51,1,1TRX900HP/1,1,1TRX1800HPMBC DC [E+]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 3

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 [ G4MOD**OOT or G4MOD**OOC ](1) + G4MOD**OOF [ or + G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD](1) G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 900

3 3

ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 1800 GSM 1800

3 3 If ANC: 18

G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOD G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 183 / 195

9.15 MBI5 3x1/3x2 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) HP MBC DC

Legend Connection Area TRE2 TRE2 TRE1 Multiband BTS : The BTS has 6 sectors with respectively one or two TRE

a b sector n ANC 1 TRE 1

a b ANC 3 sector q TRE 1 a b ANC 5 sector s TRE 1 2 a b ANC 6 sector t TRE 1 2

FANU FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 6 (Sector 6)

ANC 4 (Sector 4)

ANC 5 (Sector 5)

a b sector p ANC 2 TRE 1

Dummy Panel

a b sector r ANC 4 TRE 1 2

TRE1

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 3 sectors with each 1 TRE in GSM900 band and 2 TRE in GSM1800 band Sector 1: ANC1 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2: ANC2 and ANC5 are set to the same sector number. Sector 3: ANC3 and ANC6 are set to the same sector number.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 2 (Sector 2)

ANC 3 (Sector 3)

ANC 1 (Sector 1)

Dummy Panel

S U M A

TRE1

TRE1

TRE1

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also GSM 1800 Empty space.

FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 83. MBI5 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 184 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI51,1,1TRX900HP/2,2,2TRX1800HPMBD DC [E+] BTS9100INDMBI51,1,1TRX900HP/2,2,2TRX1800HPMBC DC [E+]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 3 [ or ] + [ or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 900

3 3

ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 1800 GSM 1800

3 3 If ANC: 15

G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOD G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 185 / 195

9.16 MBI5 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC

Legend Connection Area Multiband BTS : TRE1 The BTS has 6 sectors with respectively one or two TRE

TRE2

TRE2

a b sector n ANC 1 TRE 1 a b sector p ANC 2 TRE 1 a b sector r ANC 4 TRE 1 2

a b ANC 3 sector q TRE 1 a b ANC 5 sector s TRE 1 2 a b ANC 6 sector t TRE 1 2

FANU FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 6 (Sector 6)

ANC 4 (Sector 4)

ANC 5 (Sector 5)

Dummy Panel

TRE1

TRE1

TRE2

TRE1

Multiband Cell : The BTS has 3 sectors with each 2 TRE in GSM900 band and 1 TRE in GSM1800 band Sector 1: ANC1 and ANC4 are set to the same sector number. Sector 2: ANC2 and ANC5 are set to the same sector number. Sector 3: ANC3 and ANC6 are set to the same sector number. The ANCs can be replaced by ANBs also

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 2 (Sector 2)

ANC 3 (Sector 3)

ANC 1 (Sector 1)

Dummy Panel

S U M A

TRE1

TRE1

TRE1

FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

FANU

GSM 900 Empty space.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 84. MBI5 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 186 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS : or
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

BTS9100INDMBI52,2,2TRX900HP/1,1,1TRX1800HPMBD DC [E+] BTS9100INDMBI52,2,2TRX900HP/1,1,1TRX1800HPMBC DC [E+]

Equipment Cabinet SUMA TRE module or

Choice DC E1 without options GSM 900 EDGE GSM 900 EDGE+

Quantity 1 1 6 [ or ] + [ or +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 G4MOD**OO3 G4MOD**OOT G4MOD**OOC G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OON G4MOD**OOD] G4MOD**OOF G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD1*OOA

TRE module or ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 1800 EDGE GSM 1800 EDGE+ GSM 900 GSM 900

3 3

ANB/ANC module or:

GSM 1800 GSM 1800

3 3 If ANC: 15

G4MOD**OO2 G4MOD**OOD G3MOD**OOL

50 Ohms load for AN

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11. TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 187 / 195

10 EMPTY CONFIGURATIONS 10.1 MBI30TRX DC or AC

Explanation Connection Area ADAM P M 1 2 This configuration is based on MBI3 2x1...2 AC

P M 1 2

BATS

(Option)

Legend Modules present only in AC configuration Optional equipment Empty space

FANU

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

ANC 2

S U M A

ANC 1

Dummy Panel

FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

FANU

Figure 85. MBI3 0TRX DC or AC (example)

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 188 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI30TRX[ACBUu]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or

Choice DC AC

Quantity 1 1

TDR MBIGSM*OO1 MBIGSM*OO2

TDS REFERENCES FOR OPTIONS:


SUMA ANB/ANC module or or or or: or Battery Backup Unit (In case of ACvariant) GSM 900 GSM 1800 BU5 1 E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 1 1...3 or or or 1...3 or G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4CAB**OO8 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 189 / 195

10.2 MBI50TRX DC or AC

Explanation Connection Area This configuration is based on MBI5 3x1...4 DC or AC

Legend FANU

ANC 3 ( Sector 3 )

BATS

ANC 2 ( Sector 2 )

(Option)

Dummy Panel

FANU ADAM P M 1 2

FANU Air Inlet

FANU

P M 1 2

P M 1 2

S U M A

ANC 1 ( Sector 1 )

Dummy Panel

FANU

FANU Air Inlet STAND

FANU

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 86. MBI5 0TRX DC or AC (example)

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 190 / 195

FANU Air Inlet

FANU Modules present only in AC configuration Optional equipment Empty space

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

MNEMONICS :

BTS9100INDMBI50TRX[ACBUu]

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Equipment Cabinet or

Choice DC AC

Quantity 1 1 +

TDR MBIGSM*OO3 MBIGSM*OO4 G4CAB**OO1

TDS REFERENCES FOR OPTIONS:


SUMA ANB/ANC module or or or or: or Battery Backup Unit (In case of ACvariant) GSM 900 GSM 1800 BU5 1 E1 without options GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900 1 1...3 or or or 1...3 or G4MOD1*OOA G4MOD1*OOC G4CAB**OO8 G4MOD**OO3 G850MODOO3 G4MOD**OO6 G4MOD**OO7 G4MOD**OOS

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 191 / 195

11 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENTS & INSTALLATION KITS 11.1 Kit for microwave equipments
Equipment Kit PIDU Choice Quantity For up to 3 x PIDU : 1 TDR KITPIDU005

OPEN POINT

11.1

Kit PIDU for MBI not yet defined in PCL.

11.2 Installation kits : characteristics


Site preparation may require some installation kits such as cables, DDF, ... The goal of this chapter is to give you some information about the characteristics of these kits. Note : The cables and DDF described here after are supplied either by the customer (In accordance with the specification for site preparation ) or by Alcatel. Cables: Here are, for reminder, some informations about the power cables used in the kits : DC Power cable up to 30m length : 16 mm2 AC Power cable up to 30m length : 2x4 mm2 Ground cable : 16 mm2 PCM cables can be used up to 100m. PCM 120 Ohms : L907 4 pairs PCM 75 Ohms : FLEX3 4 coaxials External Alarms : L907 8 pairs. Digital Distribution Frame (DDF): The DDF, valid for 120 Ohms and 75 Ohms connections, is composed of : 4 terminal blocks (for 10 pairs each), 1 mechanical part, 1 wall fixing kit, or rack fixing kit, 1 labels kit. Rack fixing kit: Two kinds are defined depending of the use : concrete or raised floor mounting. There is also available an additional fixing kit to enable a better rack fuxing in earthquakeprone areas.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 192 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Installation Kits Equipment


All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

Choice

Quantity 1

TDR MBSINSTOO1 or or or G3INS**OOU INSTALBOOJ MBSINSTOO5 INSTALBOOK PCMCAB1OOC PCMCAB1OOD PCMCAB1OOG PCMCAB1OOH PCMCAB1OOJ PCMCAB1OOL [ PWSCAB1OOE + PWSCAB1OOG] [ PWSCAB1OOF + PWSCAB1OOH] PWSCAB1OOY PWSCAB1OOZ PWSCAB1OOJ PWSCAB1OOL [ G3INS2*OOJ + G3INS2*OOK ] [ G3INS2*OOJ + G3INS2*OOL ] PCMCAB1OOA PCMCAB1OOB PCMCAB1OOE PCMCAB1OOF G3INS**OOX [ G3INS*OOX + MBSINSTOO2 ] MBSINSTOO3

Mandatory Equipments
Basic Installation Kit Antenna Jumper Cable or or or 1m 2m (1) 3m 5m 75 / Roll 100m 75 / Roll 250m 120 / Roll 100m 120 / Roll 250m Roll 100m Roll 250m Roll 100m (c) or AC Power cable or Ground cable or Roll 250m Roll 100m Roll 250m Roll 100m Roll 250m Wall fixing or Jumpers for DDF or or or Rack fixing kit or Additional fixing kit (1) 2m is the standard jumper cable Rack fixing 75 / Roll 100m 75 / Roll 250m 120 / Roll 100m 120 / Roll 250m for Concrete Floor for Raised Floor (d) or (e) or 1 or or 2 per ANC

Cables
PCM Cable or or or Alarm Cable or DC Power cable (a) or or or or

(b)

Optional Equipments
DDF

(f)

or or or or

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 193 / 195

DIMENSIONING OF THE ROLLS As a roll may cover several installations, the number of rolls to be ordered will be defined by the launching people, depending of : Number of BTSs to be installed, Indications from Site Survey, or Average lengths given in the table here below.

Note

Cable type

Maximum Length 100m 100m 30m 30m 30m 100m

Average Length

Roll 100m coverage 1 to 5 BTS 1 to 5 BTS 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 20 BTS

Roll 250m coverage 1 to 12 BTS 1 to 12 BTS 1 to 25 BTS 1 to 25 BTS 1 to 25 BTS 1 to 50 BTS

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

PCM cable Alarm cable DC Power cable AC Power cable Ground cable Jumpers for DDF

20m 20m 10m 10m 10m 0,5m

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 194 / 195

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

GLOSSARY / TERMINOLOGY
AC AD ADAM AN ANB ANC ANY BATS BBU BTS BTSCA BU101 CMA DC DCS E1 EDGE GPS GPSRS GSM HW IDU Low Losses MAB MBI MW NE ODU OMU PCL PCM PDU PM12 PS REK RI RIT RNP SR STASR SUM SUMA SUS TDR NTL TRE
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Alternating Current Antenna Diversity AC/DC Adapter Module Antenna Network Antenna Network Bi TRE Antenna Network with Combiner Antenna Network Type Y (Twin wide band combiner stage and power splitter) BATtery Small Battery Backup Unit Base Transceiver Station BTS Connection Area Battery Unit (90 Ah) Configuration Management Application Direct Current Digital Cellular System PCM link at 2.048 Mbit/s in either 120 or 75 Ohm. Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution Global Positioning System GPS Receiver Station Global System for Mobile Communication HardWare InDoor Unit ( of microwave entity ) So called configurations in which more than 1 ANC and more than 2 antennas are installed per sector. Mast Amplifier Box Multistandard Base station Indoor Microwave Network Entity OutDoor Unit ( of microwave entity ) Operation and Maintenance Unit Product Configuration Level Pulse Coded Modulation Power Distribution Unit Power Module 1200W AC/DC Power Supply Range Extension Kit Remote Inventory Replaceable ITem Radio Network Planning Subrack STAndard Subrack Station Unit Module RIT name of the G4 SUM. Station Unit Sharing Technical Data Reference Network Termination Line TRansceiver Equipment

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

END OF DOCUMENT

ED

08 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 195 195 / 195

You might also like